Go to most recent revision | Details | Last modification | View Log | RSS feed
| Rev | Author | Line No. | Line |
|---|---|---|---|
| 2 | mjames | 1 | /** |
| 2 | ****************************************************************************** |
||
| 3 | * @file stm32f1xx_hal_tim.c |
||
| 4 | * @author MCD Application Team |
||
| 5 | * @brief TIM HAL module driver |
||
| 6 | * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following |
||
| 7 | * functionalities of the Timer (TIM) peripheral: |
||
| 8 | * + Time Base Initialization |
||
| 9 | * + Time Base Start |
||
| 10 | * + Time Base Start Interruption |
||
| 11 | * + Time Base Start DMA |
||
| 12 | * + Time Output Compare/PWM Initialization |
||
| 13 | * + Time Output Compare/PWM Channel Configuration |
||
| 14 | * + Time Output Compare/PWM Start |
||
| 15 | * + Time Output Compare/PWM Start Interruption |
||
| 16 | * + Time Output Compare/PWM Start DMA |
||
| 17 | * + Time Input Capture Initialization |
||
| 18 | * + Time Input Capture Channel Configuration |
||
| 19 | * + Time Input Capture Start |
||
| 20 | * + Time Input Capture Start Interruption |
||
| 21 | * + Time Input Capture Start DMA |
||
| 22 | * + Time One Pulse Initialization |
||
| 23 | * + Time One Pulse Channel Configuration |
||
| 24 | * + Time One Pulse Start |
||
| 25 | * + Time Encoder Interface Initialization |
||
| 26 | * + Time Encoder Interface Start |
||
| 27 | * + Time Encoder Interface Start Interruption |
||
| 28 | * + Time Encoder Interface Start DMA |
||
| 29 | * + Commutation Event configuration with Interruption and DMA |
||
| 30 | * + Time OCRef clear configuration |
||
| 31 | * + Time External Clock configuration |
||
| 32 | @verbatim |
||
| 33 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 34 | ##### TIMER Generic features ##### |
||
| 35 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 36 | [..] The Timer features include: |
||
| 37 | (#) 16-bit up, down, up/down auto-reload counter. |
||
| 38 | (#) 16-bit programmable prescaler allowing dividing (also on the fly) the |
||
| 39 | counter clock frequency either by any factor between 1 and 65536. |
||
| 40 | (#) Up to 4 independent channels for: |
||
| 41 | (++) Input Capture |
||
| 42 | (++) Output Compare |
||
| 43 | (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode) |
||
| 44 | (++) One-pulse mode output |
||
| 45 | |||
| 46 | ##### How to use this driver ##### |
||
| 47 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 48 | [..] |
||
| 49 | (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions |
||
| 50 | depending from feature used : |
||
| 51 | (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit() |
||
| 52 | (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit() |
||
| 53 | (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit() |
||
| 54 | (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit() |
||
| 55 | (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit() |
||
| 56 | (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit() |
||
| 57 | |||
| 58 | (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources : |
||
| 59 | (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE(); |
||
| 60 | (##) TIM pins configuration |
||
| 61 | (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function: |
||
| 62 | __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); |
||
| 63 | (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init(); |
||
| 64 | |||
| 65 | (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the |
||
| 66 | internal clock from the APBx), using the following function: |
||
| 67 | HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before |
||
| 68 | any start function. |
||
| 69 | |||
| 70 | (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the |
||
| 71 | Initialization function of this driver: |
||
| 72 | (++) HAL_TIM_Base_Init: to use the Timer to generate a simple time base |
||
| 73 | (++) HAL_TIM_OC_Init and HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate an |
||
| 74 | Output Compare signal. |
||
| 75 | (++) HAL_TIM_PWM_Init and HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate a |
||
| 76 | PWM signal. |
||
| 77 | (++) HAL_TIM_IC_Init and HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to measure an |
||
| 78 | external signal. |
||
| 79 | (++) HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init and HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer |
||
| 80 | in One Pulse Mode. |
||
| 81 | (++) HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init: to use the Timer Encoder Interface. |
||
| 82 | |||
| 83 | (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions depending from the feature used: |
||
| 84 | (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_Start(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT() |
||
| 85 | (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_Start(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT() |
||
| 86 | (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_Start(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT() |
||
| 87 | (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT() |
||
| 88 | (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(), HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT() |
||
| 89 | (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(). |
||
| 90 | |||
| 91 | (#) The DMA Burst is managed with the two following functions: |
||
| 92 | HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart() |
||
| 93 | HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart() |
||
| 94 | |||
| 95 | @endverbatim |
||
| 96 | ****************************************************************************** |
||
| 97 | * @attention |
||
| 98 | * |
||
| 99 | * <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2> |
||
| 100 | * |
||
| 101 | * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, |
||
| 102 | * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: |
||
| 103 | * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, |
||
| 104 | * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. |
||
| 105 | * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, |
||
| 106 | * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation |
||
| 107 | * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. |
||
| 108 | * 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors |
||
| 109 | * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software |
||
| 110 | * without specific prior written permission. |
||
| 111 | * |
||
| 112 | * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" |
||
| 113 | * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE |
||
| 114 | * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE |
||
| 115 | * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE |
||
| 116 | * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL |
||
| 117 | * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR |
||
| 118 | * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER |
||
| 119 | * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, |
||
| 120 | * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE |
||
| 121 | * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. |
||
| 122 | * |
||
| 123 | ****************************************************************************** |
||
| 124 | */ |
||
| 125 | |||
| 126 | /* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 127 | #include "stm32f1xx_hal.h" |
||
| 128 | |||
| 129 | /** @addtogroup STM32F1xx_HAL_Driver |
||
| 130 | * @{ |
||
| 131 | */ |
||
| 132 | |||
| 133 | /** @defgroup TIM TIM |
||
| 134 | * @brief TIM HAL module driver |
||
| 135 | * @{ |
||
| 136 | */ |
||
| 137 | |||
| 138 | #ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED |
||
| 139 | |||
| 140 | /* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 141 | /* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 142 | /* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 143 | /* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 144 | /* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 145 | /** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions TIM Private Functions |
||
| 146 | * @{ |
||
| 147 | */ |
||
| 148 | static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); |
||
| 149 | static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); |
||
| 150 | static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); |
||
| 151 | static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
||
| 152 | static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
| 153 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
||
| 154 | static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
||
| 155 | static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
| 156 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
||
| 157 | static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
| 158 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
||
| 159 | static void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, |
||
| 160 | uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter); |
||
| 161 | static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t InputTriggerSource); |
||
| 162 | static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); |
||
| 163 | static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); |
||
| 164 | static void TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
||
| 165 | TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig); |
||
| 166 | |||
| 167 | /** |
||
| 168 | * @} |
||
| 169 | */ |
||
| 170 | |||
| 171 | /* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 172 | |||
| 173 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions TIM Exported Functions |
||
| 174 | * @{ |
||
| 175 | */ |
||
| 176 | |||
| 177 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Time Base functions |
||
| 178 | * @brief Time Base functions |
||
| 179 | * |
||
| 180 | @verbatim |
||
| 181 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 182 | ##### Time Base functions ##### |
||
| 183 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 184 | [..] |
||
| 185 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 186 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM base. |
||
| 187 | (+) De-initialize the TIM base. |
||
| 188 | (+) Start the Time Base. |
||
| 189 | (+) Stop the Time Base. |
||
| 190 | (+) Start the Time Base and enable interrupt. |
||
| 191 | (+) Stop the Time Base and disable interrupt. |
||
| 192 | (+) Start the Time Base and enable DMA transfer. |
||
| 193 | (+) Stop the Time Base and disable DMA transfer. |
||
| 194 | |||
| 195 | @endverbatim |
||
| 196 | * @{ |
||
| 197 | */ |
||
| 198 | /** |
||
| 199 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Time base Unit according to the specified |
||
| 200 | * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. |
||
| 201 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
| 202 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
| 203 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
| 204 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Base_Init() |
||
| 205 | * @param htim : TIM Base handle |
||
| 206 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 207 | */ |
||
| 208 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 209 | { |
||
| 210 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
| 211 | if(htim == NULL) |
||
| 212 | { |
||
| 213 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 214 | } |
||
| 215 | |||
| 216 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 217 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 218 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
| 219 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
| 220 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
||
| 221 | |||
| 222 | if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
||
| 223 | { |
||
| 224 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
| 225 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
| 226 | |||
| 227 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 228 | HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(htim); |
||
| 229 | } |
||
| 230 | |||
| 231 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 232 | htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 233 | |||
| 234 | /* Set the Time Base configuration */ |
||
| 235 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
| 236 | |||
| 237 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
||
| 238 | htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 239 | |||
| 240 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 241 | } |
||
| 242 | |||
| 243 | /** |
||
| 244 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Base peripheral |
||
| 245 | * @param htim : TIM Base handle |
||
| 246 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 247 | */ |
||
| 248 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 249 | { |
||
| 250 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 251 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 252 | |||
| 253 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 254 | |||
| 255 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
| 256 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 257 | |||
| 258 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 259 | HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
| 260 | |||
| 261 | /* Change TIM state */ |
||
| 262 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 263 | |||
| 264 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 265 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 266 | |||
| 267 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 268 | } |
||
| 269 | |||
| 270 | /** |
||
| 271 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Base MSP. |
||
| 272 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 273 | * @retval None |
||
| 274 | */ |
||
| 275 | __weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 276 | { |
||
| 277 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 278 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 279 | /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 280 | the HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 281 | */ |
||
| 282 | } |
||
| 283 | |||
| 284 | /** |
||
| 285 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM Base MSP. |
||
| 286 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 287 | * @retval None |
||
| 288 | */ |
||
| 289 | __weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 290 | { |
||
| 291 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 292 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 293 | /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 294 | the HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 295 | */ |
||
| 296 | } |
||
| 297 | |||
| 298 | |||
| 299 | /** |
||
| 300 | * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation. |
||
| 301 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 302 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 303 | */ |
||
| 304 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 305 | { |
||
| 306 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 307 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 308 | |||
| 309 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 310 | htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 311 | |||
| 312 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 313 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 314 | |||
| 315 | /* Change the TIM state*/ |
||
| 316 | htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 317 | |||
| 318 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 319 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 320 | } |
||
| 321 | |||
| 322 | /** |
||
| 323 | * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation. |
||
| 324 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 325 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 326 | */ |
||
| 327 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 328 | { |
||
| 329 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 330 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 331 | |||
| 332 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 333 | htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 334 | |||
| 335 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 336 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 337 | |||
| 338 | /* Change the TIM state*/ |
||
| 339 | htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 340 | |||
| 341 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 342 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 343 | } |
||
| 344 | |||
| 345 | /** |
||
| 346 | * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 347 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 348 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 349 | */ |
||
| 350 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 351 | { |
||
| 352 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 353 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 354 | |||
| 355 | /* Enable the TIM Update interrupt */ |
||
| 356 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); |
||
| 357 | |||
| 358 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 359 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 360 | |||
| 361 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 362 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 363 | } |
||
| 364 | |||
| 365 | /** |
||
| 366 | * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 367 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 368 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 369 | */ |
||
| 370 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 371 | { |
||
| 372 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 373 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 374 | /* Disable the TIM Update interrupt */ |
||
| 375 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); |
||
| 376 | |||
| 377 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 378 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 379 | |||
| 380 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 381 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 382 | } |
||
| 383 | |||
| 384 | /** |
||
| 385 | * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. |
||
| 386 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 387 | * @param pData : The source Buffer address. |
||
| 388 | * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from memory to peripheral. |
||
| 389 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 390 | */ |
||
| 391 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) |
||
| 392 | { |
||
| 393 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 394 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 395 | |||
| 396 | if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) |
||
| 397 | { |
||
| 398 | return HAL_BUSY; |
||
| 399 | } |
||
| 400 | else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 401 | { |
||
| 402 | if((pData == 0U) && (Length > 0U)) |
||
| 403 | { |
||
| 404 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 405 | } |
||
| 406 | else |
||
| 407 | { |
||
| 408 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 409 | } |
||
| 410 | } |
||
| 411 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 412 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; |
||
| 413 | |||
| 414 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 415 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 416 | |||
| 417 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 418 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->ARR, Length); |
||
| 419 | |||
| 420 | /* Enable the TIM Update DMA request */ |
||
| 421 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); |
||
| 422 | |||
| 423 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 424 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 425 | |||
| 426 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 427 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 428 | } |
||
| 429 | |||
| 430 | /** |
||
| 431 | * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. |
||
| 432 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 433 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 434 | */ |
||
| 435 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 436 | { |
||
| 437 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 438 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 439 | |||
| 440 | /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ |
||
| 441 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); |
||
| 442 | |||
| 443 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 444 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 445 | |||
| 446 | /* Change the htim state */ |
||
| 447 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 448 | |||
| 449 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 450 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 451 | } |
||
| 452 | |||
| 453 | /** |
||
| 454 | * @} |
||
| 455 | */ |
||
| 456 | |||
| 457 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group2 Time Output Compare functions |
||
| 458 | * @brief Time Output Compare functions |
||
| 459 | * |
||
| 460 | @verbatim |
||
| 461 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 462 | ##### Time Output Compare functions ##### |
||
| 463 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 464 | [..] |
||
| 465 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 466 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Output Compare. |
||
| 467 | (+) De-initialize the TIM Output Compare. |
||
| 468 | (+) Start the Time Output Compare. |
||
| 469 | (+) Stop the Time Output Compare. |
||
| 470 | (+) Start the Time Output Compare and enable interrupt. |
||
| 471 | (+) Stop the Time Output Compare and disable interrupt. |
||
| 472 | (+) Start the Time Output Compare and enable DMA transfer. |
||
| 473 | (+) Stop the Time Output Compare and disable DMA transfer. |
||
| 474 | |||
| 475 | @endverbatim |
||
| 476 | * @{ |
||
| 477 | */ |
||
| 478 | /** |
||
| 479 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare according to the specified |
||
| 480 | * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. |
||
| 481 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
| 482 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
| 483 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
| 484 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OC_Init() |
||
| 485 | * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle |
||
| 486 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 487 | */ |
||
| 488 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim) |
||
| 489 | { |
||
| 490 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
| 491 | if(htim == NULL) |
||
| 492 | { |
||
| 493 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 494 | } |
||
| 495 | |||
| 496 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 497 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 498 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
| 499 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
| 500 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
||
| 501 | |||
| 502 | if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
||
| 503 | { |
||
| 504 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
| 505 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
| 506 | |||
| 507 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
||
| 508 | HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(htim); |
||
| 509 | } |
||
| 510 | |||
| 511 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 512 | htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 513 | |||
| 514 | /* Init the base time for the Output Compare */ |
||
| 515 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
| 516 | |||
| 517 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
||
| 518 | htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 519 | |||
| 520 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 521 | } |
||
| 522 | |||
| 523 | /** |
||
| 524 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral |
||
| 525 | * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle |
||
| 526 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 527 | */ |
||
| 528 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 529 | { |
||
| 530 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 531 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 532 | |||
| 533 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 534 | |||
| 535 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
| 536 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 537 | |||
| 538 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
||
| 539 | HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
| 540 | |||
| 541 | /* Change TIM state */ |
||
| 542 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 543 | |||
| 544 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 545 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 546 | |||
| 547 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 548 | } |
||
| 549 | |||
| 550 | /** |
||
| 551 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare MSP. |
||
| 552 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 553 | * @retval None |
||
| 554 | */ |
||
| 555 | __weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 556 | { |
||
| 557 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 558 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 559 | /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 560 | the HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 561 | */ |
||
| 562 | } |
||
| 563 | |||
| 564 | /** |
||
| 565 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM Output Compare MSP. |
||
| 566 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 567 | * @retval None |
||
| 568 | */ |
||
| 569 | __weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 570 | { |
||
| 571 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 572 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 573 | /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 574 | the HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 575 | */ |
||
| 576 | } |
||
| 577 | |||
| 578 | /** |
||
| 579 | * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation. |
||
| 580 | * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle |
||
| 581 | * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled |
||
| 582 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 583 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 584 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 585 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 586 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 587 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 588 | */ |
||
| 589 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 590 | { |
||
| 591 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 592 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 593 | |||
| 594 | /* Enable the Output compare channel */ |
||
| 595 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 596 | |||
| 597 | if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 598 | { |
||
| 599 | /* Enable the main output */ |
||
| 600 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 601 | } |
||
| 602 | |||
| 603 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 604 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 605 | |||
| 606 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 607 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 608 | } |
||
| 609 | |||
| 610 | /** |
||
| 611 | * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation. |
||
| 612 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 613 | * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled |
||
| 614 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 615 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 616 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 617 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 618 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 619 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 620 | */ |
||
| 621 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 622 | { |
||
| 623 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 624 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 625 | |||
| 626 | /* Disable the Output compare channel */ |
||
| 627 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 628 | |||
| 629 | if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 630 | { |
||
| 631 | /* Disable the Main Ouput */ |
||
| 632 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 633 | } |
||
| 634 | |||
| 635 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 636 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 637 | |||
| 638 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 639 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 640 | } |
||
| 641 | |||
| 642 | /** |
||
| 643 | * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 644 | * @param htim : TIM OC handle |
||
| 645 | * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled |
||
| 646 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 647 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 648 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 649 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 650 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 651 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 652 | */ |
||
| 653 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 654 | { |
||
| 655 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 656 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 657 | |||
| 658 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 659 | { |
||
| 660 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 661 | { |
||
| 662 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 663 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 664 | } |
||
| 665 | break; |
||
| 666 | |||
| 667 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 668 | { |
||
| 669 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 670 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 671 | } |
||
| 672 | break; |
||
| 673 | |||
| 674 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 675 | { |
||
| 676 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
| 677 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 678 | } |
||
| 679 | break; |
||
| 680 | |||
| 681 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 682 | { |
||
| 683 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 684 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 685 | } |
||
| 686 | break; |
||
| 687 | |||
| 688 | default: |
||
| 689 | break; |
||
| 690 | } |
||
| 691 | |||
| 692 | /* Enable the Output compare channel */ |
||
| 693 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 694 | |||
| 695 | if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 696 | { |
||
| 697 | /* Enable the main output */ |
||
| 698 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 699 | } |
||
| 700 | |||
| 701 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 702 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 703 | |||
| 704 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 705 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 706 | } |
||
| 707 | |||
| 708 | /** |
||
| 709 | * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 710 | * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle |
||
| 711 | * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled |
||
| 712 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 713 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 714 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 715 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 716 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 717 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 718 | */ |
||
| 719 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 720 | { |
||
| 721 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 722 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 723 | |||
| 724 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 725 | { |
||
| 726 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 727 | { |
||
| 728 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 729 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 730 | } |
||
| 731 | break; |
||
| 732 | |||
| 733 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 734 | { |
||
| 735 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 736 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 737 | } |
||
| 738 | break; |
||
| 739 | |||
| 740 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 741 | { |
||
| 742 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
| 743 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 744 | } |
||
| 745 | break; |
||
| 746 | |||
| 747 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 748 | { |
||
| 749 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 750 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 751 | } |
||
| 752 | break; |
||
| 753 | |||
| 754 | default: |
||
| 755 | break; |
||
| 756 | } |
||
| 757 | |||
| 758 | /* Disable the Output compare channel */ |
||
| 759 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 760 | |||
| 761 | if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 762 | { |
||
| 763 | /* Disable the Main Ouput */ |
||
| 764 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 765 | } |
||
| 766 | |||
| 767 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 768 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 769 | |||
| 770 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 771 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 772 | } |
||
| 773 | |||
| 774 | /** |
||
| 775 | * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. |
||
| 776 | * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle |
||
| 777 | * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled |
||
| 778 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 779 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 780 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 781 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 782 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 783 | * @param pData : The source Buffer address. |
||
| 784 | * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral |
||
| 785 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 786 | */ |
||
| 787 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) |
||
| 788 | { |
||
| 789 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 790 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 791 | |||
| 792 | if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) |
||
| 793 | { |
||
| 794 | return HAL_BUSY; |
||
| 795 | } |
||
| 796 | else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 797 | { |
||
| 798 | if(((uint32_t)pData == 0U) && (Length > 0U)) |
||
| 799 | { |
||
| 800 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 801 | } |
||
| 802 | else |
||
| 803 | { |
||
| 804 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 805 | } |
||
| 806 | } |
||
| 807 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 808 | { |
||
| 809 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 810 | { |
||
| 811 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 812 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 813 | |||
| 814 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 815 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 816 | |||
| 817 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 818 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); |
||
| 819 | |||
| 820 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
| 821 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 822 | } |
||
| 823 | break; |
||
| 824 | |||
| 825 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 826 | { |
||
| 827 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 828 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 829 | |||
| 830 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 831 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 832 | |||
| 833 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 834 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); |
||
| 835 | |||
| 836 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
||
| 837 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 838 | } |
||
| 839 | break; |
||
| 840 | |||
| 841 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 842 | { |
||
| 843 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 844 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 845 | |||
| 846 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 847 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 848 | |||
| 849 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 850 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); |
||
| 851 | |||
| 852 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ |
||
| 853 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
| 854 | } |
||
| 855 | break; |
||
| 856 | |||
| 857 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 858 | { |
||
| 859 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 860 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 861 | |||
| 862 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 863 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 864 | |||
| 865 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 866 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); |
||
| 867 | |||
| 868 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ |
||
| 869 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
| 870 | } |
||
| 871 | break; |
||
| 872 | |||
| 873 | default: |
||
| 874 | break; |
||
| 875 | } |
||
| 876 | |||
| 877 | /* Enable the Output compare channel */ |
||
| 878 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 879 | |||
| 880 | if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 881 | { |
||
| 882 | /* Enable the main output */ |
||
| 883 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 884 | } |
||
| 885 | |||
| 886 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 887 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 888 | |||
| 889 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 890 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 891 | } |
||
| 892 | |||
| 893 | /** |
||
| 894 | * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. |
||
| 895 | * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle |
||
| 896 | * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be disabled |
||
| 897 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 898 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 899 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 900 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 901 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 902 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 903 | */ |
||
| 904 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 905 | { |
||
| 906 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 907 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 908 | |||
| 909 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 910 | { |
||
| 911 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 912 | { |
||
| 913 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
| 914 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 915 | } |
||
| 916 | break; |
||
| 917 | |||
| 918 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 919 | { |
||
| 920 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
||
| 921 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 922 | } |
||
| 923 | break; |
||
| 924 | |||
| 925 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 926 | { |
||
| 927 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ |
||
| 928 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
| 929 | } |
||
| 930 | break; |
||
| 931 | |||
| 932 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 933 | { |
||
| 934 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 935 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
| 936 | } |
||
| 937 | break; |
||
| 938 | |||
| 939 | default: |
||
| 940 | break; |
||
| 941 | } |
||
| 942 | |||
| 943 | /* Disable the Output compare channel */ |
||
| 944 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 945 | |||
| 946 | if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 947 | { |
||
| 948 | /* Disable the Main Ouput */ |
||
| 949 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 950 | } |
||
| 951 | |||
| 952 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 953 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 954 | |||
| 955 | /* Change the htim state */ |
||
| 956 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 957 | |||
| 958 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 959 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 960 | } |
||
| 961 | |||
| 962 | /** |
||
| 963 | * @} |
||
| 964 | */ |
||
| 965 | |||
| 966 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group3 Time PWM functions |
||
| 967 | * @brief Time PWM functions |
||
| 968 | * |
||
| 969 | @verbatim |
||
| 970 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 971 | ##### Time PWM functions ##### |
||
| 972 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 973 | [..] |
||
| 974 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 975 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM PWM. |
||
| 976 | (+) De-initialize the TIM PWM. |
||
| 977 | (+) Start the Time PWM. |
||
| 978 | (+) Stop the Time PWM. |
||
| 979 | (+) Start the Time PWM and enable interrupt. |
||
| 980 | (+) Stop the Time PWM and disable interrupt. |
||
| 981 | (+) Start the Time PWM and enable DMA transfer. |
||
| 982 | (+) Stop the Time PWM and disable DMA transfer. |
||
| 983 | |||
| 984 | @endverbatim |
||
| 985 | * @{ |
||
| 986 | */ |
||
| 987 | /** |
||
| 988 | * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM Time Base according to the specified |
||
| 989 | * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. |
||
| 990 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
| 991 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
| 992 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
| 993 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_PWM_Init() |
||
| 994 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 995 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 996 | */ |
||
| 997 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 998 | { |
||
| 999 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
| 1000 | if(htim == NULL) |
||
| 1001 | { |
||
| 1002 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1003 | } |
||
| 1004 | |||
| 1005 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1006 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 1007 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
| 1008 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
| 1009 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
||
| 1010 | |||
| 1011 | if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
||
| 1012 | { |
||
| 1013 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
| 1014 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
| 1015 | |||
| 1016 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
||
| 1017 | HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(htim); |
||
| 1018 | } |
||
| 1019 | |||
| 1020 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 1021 | htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 1022 | |||
| 1023 | /* Init the base time for the PWM */ |
||
| 1024 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
| 1025 | |||
| 1026 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
||
| 1027 | htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 1028 | |||
| 1029 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1030 | } |
||
| 1031 | |||
| 1032 | /** |
||
| 1033 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral |
||
| 1034 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 1035 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1036 | */ |
||
| 1037 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1038 | { |
||
| 1039 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1040 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 1041 | |||
| 1042 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 1043 | |||
| 1044 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
| 1045 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1046 | |||
| 1047 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
||
| 1048 | HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
| 1049 | |||
| 1050 | /* Change TIM state */ |
||
| 1051 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 1052 | |||
| 1053 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 1054 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 1055 | |||
| 1056 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1057 | } |
||
| 1058 | |||
| 1059 | /** |
||
| 1060 | * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM MSP. |
||
| 1061 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 1062 | * @retval None |
||
| 1063 | */ |
||
| 1064 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1065 | { |
||
| 1066 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 1067 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 1068 | /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 1069 | the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 1070 | */ |
||
| 1071 | } |
||
| 1072 | |||
| 1073 | /** |
||
| 1074 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM PWM MSP. |
||
| 1075 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 1076 | * @retval None |
||
| 1077 | */ |
||
| 1078 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1079 | { |
||
| 1080 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 1081 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 1082 | /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 1083 | the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 1084 | */ |
||
| 1085 | } |
||
| 1086 | |||
| 1087 | /** |
||
| 1088 | * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation. |
||
| 1089 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 1090 | * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 1091 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 1092 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1093 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1094 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1095 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1096 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1097 | */ |
||
| 1098 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 1099 | { |
||
| 1100 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1101 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1102 | |||
| 1103 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 1104 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 1105 | |||
| 1106 | if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 1107 | { |
||
| 1108 | /* Enable the main output */ |
||
| 1109 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1110 | } |
||
| 1111 | |||
| 1112 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 1113 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1114 | |||
| 1115 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1116 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1117 | } |
||
| 1118 | |||
| 1119 | /** |
||
| 1120 | * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation. |
||
| 1121 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 1122 | * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 1123 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 1124 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1125 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1126 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1127 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1128 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1129 | */ |
||
| 1130 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 1131 | { |
||
| 1132 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1133 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1134 | |||
| 1135 | /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 1136 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 1137 | |||
| 1138 | if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 1139 | { |
||
| 1140 | /* Disable the Main Ouput */ |
||
| 1141 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1142 | } |
||
| 1143 | |||
| 1144 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 1145 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1146 | |||
| 1147 | /* Change the htim state */ |
||
| 1148 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 1149 | |||
| 1150 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1151 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1152 | } |
||
| 1153 | |||
| 1154 | /** |
||
| 1155 | * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 1156 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 1157 | * @param Channel : TIM Channel to be enabled |
||
| 1158 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 1159 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1160 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1161 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1162 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1163 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1164 | */ |
||
| 1165 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 1166 | { |
||
| 1167 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1168 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1169 | |||
| 1170 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 1171 | { |
||
| 1172 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1173 | { |
||
| 1174 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 1175 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 1176 | } |
||
| 1177 | break; |
||
| 1178 | |||
| 1179 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1180 | { |
||
| 1181 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 1182 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 1183 | } |
||
| 1184 | break; |
||
| 1185 | |||
| 1186 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1187 | { |
||
| 1188 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
| 1189 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 1190 | } |
||
| 1191 | break; |
||
| 1192 | |||
| 1193 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1194 | { |
||
| 1195 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 1196 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 1197 | } |
||
| 1198 | break; |
||
| 1199 | |||
| 1200 | default: |
||
| 1201 | break; |
||
| 1202 | } |
||
| 1203 | |||
| 1204 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 1205 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 1206 | |||
| 1207 | if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 1208 | { |
||
| 1209 | /* Enable the main output */ |
||
| 1210 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1211 | } |
||
| 1212 | |||
| 1213 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 1214 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1215 | |||
| 1216 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1217 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1218 | } |
||
| 1219 | |||
| 1220 | /** |
||
| 1221 | * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 1222 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 1223 | * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 1224 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 1225 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1226 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1227 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1228 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1229 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1230 | */ |
||
| 1231 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 1232 | { |
||
| 1233 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1234 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1235 | |||
| 1236 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 1237 | { |
||
| 1238 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1239 | { |
||
| 1240 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 1241 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 1242 | } |
||
| 1243 | break; |
||
| 1244 | |||
| 1245 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1246 | { |
||
| 1247 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 1248 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 1249 | } |
||
| 1250 | break; |
||
| 1251 | |||
| 1252 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1253 | { |
||
| 1254 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
| 1255 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 1256 | } |
||
| 1257 | break; |
||
| 1258 | |||
| 1259 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1260 | { |
||
| 1261 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 1262 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 1263 | } |
||
| 1264 | break; |
||
| 1265 | |||
| 1266 | default: |
||
| 1267 | break; |
||
| 1268 | } |
||
| 1269 | |||
| 1270 | /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 1271 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 1272 | |||
| 1273 | if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 1274 | { |
||
| 1275 | /* Disable the Main Ouput */ |
||
| 1276 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1277 | } |
||
| 1278 | |||
| 1279 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 1280 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1281 | |||
| 1282 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1283 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1284 | } |
||
| 1285 | |||
| 1286 | /** |
||
| 1287 | * @brief Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. |
||
| 1288 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 1289 | * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 1290 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 1291 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1292 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1293 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1294 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1295 | * @param pData : The source Buffer address. |
||
| 1296 | * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral |
||
| 1297 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1298 | */ |
||
| 1299 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) |
||
| 1300 | { |
||
| 1301 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1302 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1303 | |||
| 1304 | if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) |
||
| 1305 | { |
||
| 1306 | return HAL_BUSY; |
||
| 1307 | } |
||
| 1308 | else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 1309 | { |
||
| 1310 | if(((uint32_t)pData == 0U) && (Length > 0U)) |
||
| 1311 | { |
||
| 1312 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1313 | } |
||
| 1314 | else |
||
| 1315 | { |
||
| 1316 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 1317 | } |
||
| 1318 | } |
||
| 1319 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 1320 | { |
||
| 1321 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1322 | { |
||
| 1323 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 1324 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 1325 | |||
| 1326 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1327 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1328 | |||
| 1329 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 1330 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length); |
||
| 1331 | |||
| 1332 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
| 1333 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 1334 | } |
||
| 1335 | break; |
||
| 1336 | |||
| 1337 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1338 | { |
||
| 1339 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 1340 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 1341 | |||
| 1342 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1343 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1344 | |||
| 1345 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 1346 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length); |
||
| 1347 | |||
| 1348 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
||
| 1349 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 1350 | } |
||
| 1351 | break; |
||
| 1352 | |||
| 1353 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1354 | { |
||
| 1355 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 1356 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 1357 | |||
| 1358 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1359 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1360 | |||
| 1361 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 1362 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length); |
||
| 1363 | |||
| 1364 | /* Enable the TIM Output Capture/Compare 3 request */ |
||
| 1365 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
| 1366 | } |
||
| 1367 | break; |
||
| 1368 | |||
| 1369 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1370 | { |
||
| 1371 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 1372 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 1373 | |||
| 1374 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1375 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1376 | |||
| 1377 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 1378 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length); |
||
| 1379 | |||
| 1380 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ |
||
| 1381 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
| 1382 | } |
||
| 1383 | break; |
||
| 1384 | |||
| 1385 | default: |
||
| 1386 | break; |
||
| 1387 | } |
||
| 1388 | |||
| 1389 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 1390 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 1391 | |||
| 1392 | if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 1393 | { |
||
| 1394 | /* Enable the main output */ |
||
| 1395 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1396 | } |
||
| 1397 | |||
| 1398 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 1399 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1400 | |||
| 1401 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1402 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1403 | } |
||
| 1404 | |||
| 1405 | /** |
||
| 1406 | * @brief Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. |
||
| 1407 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 1408 | * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 1409 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 1410 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1411 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1412 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1413 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1414 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1415 | */ |
||
| 1416 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 1417 | { |
||
| 1418 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1419 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1420 | |||
| 1421 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 1422 | { |
||
| 1423 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1424 | { |
||
| 1425 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
| 1426 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 1427 | } |
||
| 1428 | break; |
||
| 1429 | |||
| 1430 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1431 | { |
||
| 1432 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
||
| 1433 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 1434 | } |
||
| 1435 | break; |
||
| 1436 | |||
| 1437 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1438 | { |
||
| 1439 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ |
||
| 1440 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
| 1441 | } |
||
| 1442 | break; |
||
| 1443 | |||
| 1444 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1445 | { |
||
| 1446 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 1447 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
| 1448 | } |
||
| 1449 | break; |
||
| 1450 | |||
| 1451 | default: |
||
| 1452 | break; |
||
| 1453 | } |
||
| 1454 | |||
| 1455 | /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 1456 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 1457 | |||
| 1458 | if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 1459 | { |
||
| 1460 | /* Disable the Main Ouput */ |
||
| 1461 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1462 | } |
||
| 1463 | |||
| 1464 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 1465 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1466 | |||
| 1467 | /* Change the htim state */ |
||
| 1468 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 1469 | |||
| 1470 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1471 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1472 | } |
||
| 1473 | |||
| 1474 | /** |
||
| 1475 | * @} |
||
| 1476 | */ |
||
| 1477 | |||
| 1478 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group4 Time Input Capture functions |
||
| 1479 | * @brief Time Input Capture functions |
||
| 1480 | * |
||
| 1481 | @verbatim |
||
| 1482 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 1483 | ##### Time Input Capture functions ##### |
||
| 1484 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 1485 | [..] |
||
| 1486 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 1487 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Input Capture. |
||
| 1488 | (+) De-initialize the TIM Input Capture. |
||
| 1489 | (+) Start the Time Input Capture. |
||
| 1490 | (+) Stop the Time Input Capture. |
||
| 1491 | (+) Start the Time Input Capture and enable interrupt. |
||
| 1492 | (+) Stop the Time Input Capture and disable interrupt. |
||
| 1493 | (+) Start the Time Input Capture and enable DMA transfer. |
||
| 1494 | (+) Stop the Time Input Capture and disable DMA transfer. |
||
| 1495 | |||
| 1496 | @endverbatim |
||
| 1497 | * @{ |
||
| 1498 | */ |
||
| 1499 | /** |
||
| 1500 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Time base according to the specified |
||
| 1501 | * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. |
||
| 1502 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
| 1503 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
| 1504 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
| 1505 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_IC_Init() |
||
| 1506 | * @param htim : TIM Input Capture handle |
||
| 1507 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1508 | */ |
||
| 1509 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1510 | { |
||
| 1511 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
| 1512 | if(htim == NULL) |
||
| 1513 | { |
||
| 1514 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1515 | } |
||
| 1516 | |||
| 1517 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1518 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 1519 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
| 1520 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
| 1521 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
||
| 1522 | |||
| 1523 | if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
||
| 1524 | { |
||
| 1525 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
| 1526 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
| 1527 | |||
| 1528 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
||
| 1529 | HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(htim); |
||
| 1530 | } |
||
| 1531 | |||
| 1532 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 1533 | htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 1534 | |||
| 1535 | /* Init the base time for the input capture */ |
||
| 1536 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
| 1537 | |||
| 1538 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
||
| 1539 | htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 1540 | |||
| 1541 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1542 | } |
||
| 1543 | |||
| 1544 | /** |
||
| 1545 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral |
||
| 1546 | * @param htim : TIM Input Capture handle |
||
| 1547 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1548 | */ |
||
| 1549 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1550 | { |
||
| 1551 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1552 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 1553 | |||
| 1554 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 1555 | |||
| 1556 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
| 1557 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1558 | |||
| 1559 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
||
| 1560 | HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
| 1561 | |||
| 1562 | /* Change TIM state */ |
||
| 1563 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 1564 | |||
| 1565 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 1566 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 1567 | |||
| 1568 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1569 | } |
||
| 1570 | |||
| 1571 | /** |
||
| 1572 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture MSP. |
||
| 1573 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 1574 | * @retval None |
||
| 1575 | */ |
||
| 1576 | __weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1577 | { |
||
| 1578 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 1579 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 1580 | /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 1581 | the HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 1582 | */ |
||
| 1583 | } |
||
| 1584 | |||
| 1585 | /** |
||
| 1586 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM Input Capture MSP. |
||
| 1587 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 1588 | * @retval None |
||
| 1589 | */ |
||
| 1590 | __weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1591 | { |
||
| 1592 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 1593 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 1594 | /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 1595 | the HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 1596 | */ |
||
| 1597 | } |
||
| 1598 | |||
| 1599 | /** |
||
| 1600 | * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement. |
||
| 1601 | * @param htim : TIM Input Capture handle |
||
| 1602 | * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 1603 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 1604 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1605 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1606 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1607 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1608 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1609 | */ |
||
| 1610 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 1611 | { |
||
| 1612 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1613 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1614 | |||
| 1615 | /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ |
||
| 1616 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 1617 | |||
| 1618 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 1619 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1620 | |||
| 1621 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1622 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1623 | } |
||
| 1624 | |||
| 1625 | /** |
||
| 1626 | * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement. |
||
| 1627 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 1628 | * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 1629 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 1630 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1631 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1632 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1633 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1634 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1635 | */ |
||
| 1636 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 1637 | { |
||
| 1638 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1639 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1640 | |||
| 1641 | /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ |
||
| 1642 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 1643 | |||
| 1644 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 1645 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1646 | |||
| 1647 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1648 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1649 | } |
||
| 1650 | |||
| 1651 | /** |
||
| 1652 | * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. |
||
| 1653 | * @param htim : TIM Input Capture handle |
||
| 1654 | * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 1655 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 1656 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1657 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1658 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1659 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1660 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1661 | */ |
||
| 1662 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 1663 | { |
||
| 1664 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1665 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1666 | |||
| 1667 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 1668 | { |
||
| 1669 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1670 | { |
||
| 1671 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 1672 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 1673 | } |
||
| 1674 | break; |
||
| 1675 | |||
| 1676 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1677 | { |
||
| 1678 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 1679 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 1680 | } |
||
| 1681 | break; |
||
| 1682 | |||
| 1683 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1684 | { |
||
| 1685 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
| 1686 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 1687 | } |
||
| 1688 | break; |
||
| 1689 | |||
| 1690 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1691 | { |
||
| 1692 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 1693 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 1694 | } |
||
| 1695 | break; |
||
| 1696 | |||
| 1697 | default: |
||
| 1698 | break; |
||
| 1699 | } |
||
| 1700 | /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ |
||
| 1701 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 1702 | |||
| 1703 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 1704 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1705 | |||
| 1706 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1707 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1708 | } |
||
| 1709 | |||
| 1710 | /** |
||
| 1711 | * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. |
||
| 1712 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 1713 | * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 1714 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 1715 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1716 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1717 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1718 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1719 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1720 | */ |
||
| 1721 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 1722 | { |
||
| 1723 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1724 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1725 | |||
| 1726 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 1727 | { |
||
| 1728 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1729 | { |
||
| 1730 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 1731 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 1732 | } |
||
| 1733 | break; |
||
| 1734 | |||
| 1735 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1736 | { |
||
| 1737 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 1738 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 1739 | } |
||
| 1740 | break; |
||
| 1741 | |||
| 1742 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1743 | { |
||
| 1744 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
| 1745 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 1746 | } |
||
| 1747 | break; |
||
| 1748 | |||
| 1749 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1750 | { |
||
| 1751 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 1752 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 1753 | } |
||
| 1754 | break; |
||
| 1755 | |||
| 1756 | default: |
||
| 1757 | break; |
||
| 1758 | } |
||
| 1759 | |||
| 1760 | /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ |
||
| 1761 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 1762 | |||
| 1763 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 1764 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1765 | |||
| 1766 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1767 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1768 | } |
||
| 1769 | |||
| 1770 | /** |
||
| 1771 | * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode. |
||
| 1772 | * @param htim : TIM Input Capture handle |
||
| 1773 | * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 1774 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 1775 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1776 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1777 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1778 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1779 | * @param pData : The destination Buffer address. |
||
| 1780 | * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. |
||
| 1781 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1782 | */ |
||
| 1783 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) |
||
| 1784 | { |
||
| 1785 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1786 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1787 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 1788 | |||
| 1789 | if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) |
||
| 1790 | { |
||
| 1791 | return HAL_BUSY; |
||
| 1792 | } |
||
| 1793 | else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 1794 | { |
||
| 1795 | if((pData == 0U) && (Length > 0U)) |
||
| 1796 | { |
||
| 1797 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1798 | } |
||
| 1799 | else |
||
| 1800 | { |
||
| 1801 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 1802 | } |
||
| 1803 | } |
||
| 1804 | |||
| 1805 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 1806 | { |
||
| 1807 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1808 | { |
||
| 1809 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 1810 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 1811 | |||
| 1812 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1813 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1814 | |||
| 1815 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 1816 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length); |
||
| 1817 | |||
| 1818 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
| 1819 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 1820 | } |
||
| 1821 | break; |
||
| 1822 | |||
| 1823 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1824 | { |
||
| 1825 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 1826 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 1827 | |||
| 1828 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1829 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1830 | |||
| 1831 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 1832 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData, Length); |
||
| 1833 | |||
| 1834 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
||
| 1835 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 1836 | } |
||
| 1837 | break; |
||
| 1838 | |||
| 1839 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1840 | { |
||
| 1841 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 1842 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 1843 | |||
| 1844 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1845 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1846 | |||
| 1847 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 1848 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, (uint32_t)pData, Length); |
||
| 1849 | |||
| 1850 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ |
||
| 1851 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
| 1852 | } |
||
| 1853 | break; |
||
| 1854 | |||
| 1855 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1856 | { |
||
| 1857 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 1858 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 1859 | |||
| 1860 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1861 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1862 | |||
| 1863 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 1864 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, (uint32_t)pData, Length); |
||
| 1865 | |||
| 1866 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ |
||
| 1867 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
| 1868 | } |
||
| 1869 | break; |
||
| 1870 | |||
| 1871 | default: |
||
| 1872 | break; |
||
| 1873 | } |
||
| 1874 | |||
| 1875 | /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ |
||
| 1876 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 1877 | |||
| 1878 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 1879 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1880 | |||
| 1881 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1882 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1883 | } |
||
| 1884 | |||
| 1885 | /** |
||
| 1886 | * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode. |
||
| 1887 | * @param htim : TIM Input Capture handle |
||
| 1888 | * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 1889 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 1890 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1891 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1892 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1893 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1894 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1895 | */ |
||
| 1896 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 1897 | { |
||
| 1898 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1899 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1900 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 1901 | |||
| 1902 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 1903 | { |
||
| 1904 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1905 | { |
||
| 1906 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
| 1907 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 1908 | } |
||
| 1909 | break; |
||
| 1910 | |||
| 1911 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1912 | { |
||
| 1913 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
||
| 1914 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 1915 | } |
||
| 1916 | break; |
||
| 1917 | |||
| 1918 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1919 | { |
||
| 1920 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ |
||
| 1921 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
| 1922 | } |
||
| 1923 | break; |
||
| 1924 | |||
| 1925 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1926 | { |
||
| 1927 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ |
||
| 1928 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
| 1929 | } |
||
| 1930 | break; |
||
| 1931 | |||
| 1932 | default: |
||
| 1933 | break; |
||
| 1934 | } |
||
| 1935 | |||
| 1936 | /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ |
||
| 1937 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 1938 | |||
| 1939 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 1940 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1941 | |||
| 1942 | /* Change the htim state */ |
||
| 1943 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 1944 | |||
| 1945 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1946 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1947 | } |
||
| 1948 | /** |
||
| 1949 | * @} |
||
| 1950 | */ |
||
| 1951 | |||
| 1952 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group5 Time One Pulse functions |
||
| 1953 | * @brief Time One Pulse functions |
||
| 1954 | * |
||
| 1955 | @verbatim |
||
| 1956 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 1957 | ##### Time One Pulse functions ##### |
||
| 1958 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 1959 | [..] |
||
| 1960 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 1961 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM One Pulse. |
||
| 1962 | (+) De-initialize the TIM One Pulse. |
||
| 1963 | (+) Start the Time One Pulse. |
||
| 1964 | (+) Stop the Time One Pulse. |
||
| 1965 | (+) Start the Time One Pulse and enable interrupt. |
||
| 1966 | (+) Stop the Time One Pulse and disable interrupt. |
||
| 1967 | (+) Start the Time One Pulse and enable DMA transfer. |
||
| 1968 | (+) Stop the Time One Pulse and disable DMA transfer. |
||
| 1969 | |||
| 1970 | @endverbatim |
||
| 1971 | * @{ |
||
| 1972 | */ |
||
| 1973 | /** |
||
| 1974 | * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Time Base according to the specified |
||
| 1975 | * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle. |
||
| 1976 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
| 1977 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
| 1978 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
| 1979 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init() |
||
| 1980 | * @param htim : TIM OnePulse handle |
||
| 1981 | * @param OnePulseMode : Select the One pulse mode. |
||
| 1982 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 1983 | * @arg TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE: Only one pulse will be generated. |
||
| 1984 | * @arg TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE: Repetitive pulses wil be generated. |
||
| 1985 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 1986 | */ |
||
| 1987 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OnePulseMode) |
||
| 1988 | { |
||
| 1989 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
| 1990 | if(htim == NULL) |
||
| 1991 | { |
||
| 1992 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1993 | } |
||
| 1994 | |||
| 1995 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1996 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 1997 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
| 1998 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
| 1999 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
||
| 2000 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(OnePulseMode)); |
||
| 2001 | |||
| 2002 | if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
||
| 2003 | { |
||
| 2004 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
| 2005 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
| 2006 | |||
| 2007 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
||
| 2008 | HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(htim); |
||
| 2009 | } |
||
| 2010 | |||
| 2011 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 2012 | htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 2013 | |||
| 2014 | /* Configure the Time base in the One Pulse Mode */ |
||
| 2015 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
| 2016 | |||
| 2017 | /* Reset the OPM Bit */ |
||
| 2018 | htim->Instance->CR1 &= ~TIM_CR1_OPM; |
||
| 2019 | |||
| 2020 | /* Configure the OPM Mode */ |
||
| 2021 | htim->Instance->CR1 |= OnePulseMode; |
||
| 2022 | |||
| 2023 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
||
| 2024 | htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 2025 | |||
| 2026 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2027 | } |
||
| 2028 | |||
| 2029 | /** |
||
| 2030 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM One Pulse |
||
| 2031 | * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle |
||
| 2032 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2033 | */ |
||
| 2034 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 2035 | { |
||
| 2036 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2037 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2038 | |||
| 2039 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 2040 | |||
| 2041 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
| 2042 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2043 | |||
| 2044 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 2045 | HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
| 2046 | |||
| 2047 | /* Change TIM state */ |
||
| 2048 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 2049 | |||
| 2050 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 2051 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 2052 | |||
| 2053 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2054 | } |
||
| 2055 | |||
| 2056 | /** |
||
| 2057 | * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse MSP. |
||
| 2058 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 2059 | * @retval None |
||
| 2060 | */ |
||
| 2061 | __weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 2062 | { |
||
| 2063 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2064 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 2065 | /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 2066 | the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 2067 | */ |
||
| 2068 | } |
||
| 2069 | |||
| 2070 | /** |
||
| 2071 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM One Pulse MSP. |
||
| 2072 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 2073 | * @retval None |
||
| 2074 | */ |
||
| 2075 | __weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 2076 | { |
||
| 2077 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2078 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 2079 | /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 2080 | the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 2081 | */ |
||
| 2082 | } |
||
| 2083 | |||
| 2084 | /** |
||
| 2085 | * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation. |
||
| 2086 | * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle |
||
| 2087 | * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 2088 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 2089 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2090 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2091 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2092 | */ |
||
| 2093 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) |
||
| 2094 | { |
||
| 2095 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2096 | UNUSED(OutputChannel); |
||
| 2097 | |||
| 2098 | /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels |
||
| 2099 | (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 2100 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and |
||
| 2101 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output |
||
| 2102 | in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together |
||
| 2103 | |||
| 2104 | No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware |
||
| 2105 | (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ |
||
| 2106 | |||
| 2107 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2108 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2109 | |||
| 2110 | if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 2111 | { |
||
| 2112 | /* Enable the main output */ |
||
| 2113 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2114 | } |
||
| 2115 | |||
| 2116 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2117 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2118 | } |
||
| 2119 | |||
| 2120 | /** |
||
| 2121 | * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation. |
||
| 2122 | * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle |
||
| 2123 | * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be disable |
||
| 2124 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 2125 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2126 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2127 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2128 | */ |
||
| 2129 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) |
||
| 2130 | { |
||
| 2131 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2132 | UNUSED(OutputChannel); |
||
| 2133 | |||
| 2134 | /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels |
||
| 2135 | (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 2136 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and |
||
| 2137 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output |
||
| 2138 | in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ |
||
| 2139 | |||
| 2140 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2141 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2142 | |||
| 2143 | if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 2144 | { |
||
| 2145 | /* Disable the Main Ouput */ |
||
| 2146 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2147 | } |
||
| 2148 | |||
| 2149 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 2150 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2151 | |||
| 2152 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2153 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2154 | } |
||
| 2155 | |||
| 2156 | /** |
||
| 2157 | * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 2158 | * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle |
||
| 2159 | * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 2160 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 2161 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2162 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2163 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2164 | */ |
||
| 2165 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) |
||
| 2166 | { |
||
| 2167 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2168 | UNUSED(OutputChannel); |
||
| 2169 | |||
| 2170 | /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels |
||
| 2171 | (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 2172 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and |
||
| 2173 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output |
||
| 2174 | in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together |
||
| 2175 | |||
| 2176 | No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware |
||
| 2177 | (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ |
||
| 2178 | |||
| 2179 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 2180 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 2181 | |||
| 2182 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 2183 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 2184 | |||
| 2185 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2186 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2187 | |||
| 2188 | if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 2189 | { |
||
| 2190 | /* Enable the main output */ |
||
| 2191 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2192 | } |
||
| 2193 | |||
| 2194 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2195 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2196 | } |
||
| 2197 | |||
| 2198 | /** |
||
| 2199 | * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 2200 | * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle |
||
| 2201 | * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 2202 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 2203 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2204 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2205 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2206 | */ |
||
| 2207 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) |
||
| 2208 | { |
||
| 2209 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2210 | UNUSED(OutputChannel); |
||
| 2211 | |||
| 2212 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 2213 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 2214 | |||
| 2215 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 2216 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 2217 | |||
| 2218 | /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels |
||
| 2219 | (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 2220 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and |
||
| 2221 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output |
||
| 2222 | in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ |
||
| 2223 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2224 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2225 | |||
| 2226 | if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET) |
||
| 2227 | { |
||
| 2228 | /* Disable the Main Ouput */ |
||
| 2229 | __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2230 | } |
||
| 2231 | |||
| 2232 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 2233 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2234 | |||
| 2235 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2236 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2237 | } |
||
| 2238 | |||
| 2239 | /** |
||
| 2240 | * @} |
||
| 2241 | */ |
||
| 2242 | |||
| 2243 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group6 Time Encoder functions |
||
| 2244 | * @brief Time Encoder functions |
||
| 2245 | * |
||
| 2246 | @verbatim |
||
| 2247 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 2248 | ##### Time Encoder functions ##### |
||
| 2249 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 2250 | [..] |
||
| 2251 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 2252 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Encoder. |
||
| 2253 | (+) De-initialize the TIM Encoder. |
||
| 2254 | (+) Start the Time Encoder. |
||
| 2255 | (+) Stop the Time Encoder. |
||
| 2256 | (+) Start the Time Encoder and enable interrupt. |
||
| 2257 | (+) Stop the Time Encoder and disable interrupt. |
||
| 2258 | (+) Start the Time Encoder and enable DMA transfer. |
||
| 2259 | (+) Stop the Time Encoder and disable DMA transfer. |
||
| 2260 | |||
| 2261 | @endverbatim |
||
| 2262 | * @{ |
||
| 2263 | */ |
||
| 2264 | /** |
||
| 2265 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface and create the associated handle. |
||
| 2266 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
| 2267 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
| 2268 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
| 2269 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init() |
||
| 2270 | * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle |
||
| 2271 | * @param sConfig : TIM Encoder Interface configuration structure |
||
| 2272 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2273 | */ |
||
| 2274 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef* sConfig) |
||
| 2275 | { |
||
| 2276 | uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0U; |
||
| 2277 | uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; |
||
| 2278 | uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; |
||
| 2279 | |||
| 2280 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
| 2281 | if(htim == NULL) |
||
| 2282 | { |
||
| 2283 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2284 | } |
||
| 2285 | |||
| 2286 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2287 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2288 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
| 2289 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
| 2290 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
||
| 2291 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(sConfig->EncoderMode)); |
||
| 2292 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC1Selection)); |
||
| 2293 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC2Selection)); |
||
| 2294 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity)); |
||
| 2295 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC2Polarity)); |
||
| 2296 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler)); |
||
| 2297 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC2Prescaler)); |
||
| 2298 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter)); |
||
| 2299 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC2Filter)); |
||
| 2300 | |||
| 2301 | if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
||
| 2302 | { |
||
| 2303 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
| 2304 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
| 2305 | |||
| 2306 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
||
| 2307 | HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(htim); |
||
| 2308 | } |
||
| 2309 | |||
| 2310 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 2311 | htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 2312 | |||
| 2313 | /* Reset the SMS bits */ |
||
| 2314 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 2315 | |||
| 2316 | /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */ |
||
| 2317 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
| 2318 | |||
| 2319 | /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ |
||
| 2320 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; |
||
| 2321 | |||
| 2322 | /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ |
||
| 2323 | tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; |
||
| 2324 | |||
| 2325 | /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ |
||
| 2326 | tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; |
||
| 2327 | |||
| 2328 | /* Set the encoder Mode */ |
||
| 2329 | tmpsmcr |= sConfig->EncoderMode; |
||
| 2330 | |||
| 2331 | /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */ |
||
| 2332 | tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S); |
||
| 2333 | tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Selection | (sConfig->IC2Selection << 8U)); |
||
| 2334 | |||
| 2335 | /* Set the the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 prescalers and filters */ |
||
| 2336 | tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC); |
||
| 2337 | tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); |
||
| 2338 | tmpccmr1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler | (sConfig->IC2Prescaler << 8U); |
||
| 2339 | tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Filter << 4U) | (sConfig->IC2Filter << 12U); |
||
| 2340 | |||
| 2341 | /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */ |
||
| 2342 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC2P); |
||
| 2343 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1NP | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); |
||
| 2344 | tmpccer |= sConfig->IC1Polarity | (sConfig->IC2Polarity << 4U); |
||
| 2345 | |||
| 2346 | /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ |
||
| 2347 | htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
| 2348 | |||
| 2349 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ |
||
| 2350 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; |
||
| 2351 | |||
| 2352 | /* Write to TIMx CCER */ |
||
| 2353 | htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 2354 | |||
| 2355 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
||
| 2356 | htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 2357 | |||
| 2358 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2359 | } |
||
| 2360 | |||
| 2361 | |||
| 2362 | /** |
||
| 2363 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Encoder interface |
||
| 2364 | * @param htim : TIM Encoder handle |
||
| 2365 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2366 | */ |
||
| 2367 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 2368 | { |
||
| 2369 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2370 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2371 | |||
| 2372 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 2373 | |||
| 2374 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
| 2375 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2376 | |||
| 2377 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 2378 | HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
| 2379 | |||
| 2380 | /* Change TIM state */ |
||
| 2381 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 2382 | |||
| 2383 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 2384 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 2385 | |||
| 2386 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2387 | } |
||
| 2388 | |||
| 2389 | /** |
||
| 2390 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface MSP. |
||
| 2391 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 2392 | * @retval None |
||
| 2393 | */ |
||
| 2394 | __weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 2395 | { |
||
| 2396 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2397 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 2398 | /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 2399 | the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 2400 | */ |
||
| 2401 | } |
||
| 2402 | |||
| 2403 | /** |
||
| 2404 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM Encoder Interface MSP. |
||
| 2405 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 2406 | * @retval None |
||
| 2407 | */ |
||
| 2408 | __weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 2409 | { |
||
| 2410 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2411 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 2412 | /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 2413 | the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 2414 | */ |
||
| 2415 | } |
||
| 2416 | |||
| 2417 | /** |
||
| 2418 | * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface. |
||
| 2419 | * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle |
||
| 2420 | * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 2421 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 2422 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2423 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2424 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
| 2425 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2426 | */ |
||
| 2427 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 2428 | { |
||
| 2429 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2430 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2431 | |||
| 2432 | /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ |
||
| 2433 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 2434 | { |
||
| 2435 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 2436 | { |
||
| 2437 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2438 | break; |
||
| 2439 | } |
||
| 2440 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 2441 | { |
||
| 2442 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2443 | break; |
||
| 2444 | } |
||
| 2445 | default : |
||
| 2446 | { |
||
| 2447 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2448 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2449 | break; |
||
| 2450 | } |
||
| 2451 | } |
||
| 2452 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 2453 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2454 | |||
| 2455 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2456 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2457 | } |
||
| 2458 | |||
| 2459 | /** |
||
| 2460 | * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface. |
||
| 2461 | * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle |
||
| 2462 | * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 2463 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 2464 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2465 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2466 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
| 2467 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2468 | */ |
||
| 2469 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 2470 | { |
||
| 2471 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2472 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2473 | |||
| 2474 | /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 |
||
| 2475 | (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ |
||
| 2476 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 2477 | { |
||
| 2478 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 2479 | { |
||
| 2480 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2481 | break; |
||
| 2482 | } |
||
| 2483 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 2484 | { |
||
| 2485 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2486 | break; |
||
| 2487 | } |
||
| 2488 | default : |
||
| 2489 | { |
||
| 2490 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2491 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2492 | break; |
||
| 2493 | } |
||
| 2494 | } |
||
| 2495 | |||
| 2496 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 2497 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2498 | |||
| 2499 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2500 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2501 | } |
||
| 2502 | |||
| 2503 | /** |
||
| 2504 | * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. |
||
| 2505 | * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle |
||
| 2506 | * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 2507 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 2508 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2509 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2510 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
| 2511 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2512 | */ |
||
| 2513 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 2514 | { |
||
| 2515 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2516 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2517 | |||
| 2518 | /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ |
||
| 2519 | /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and/or 2 */ |
||
| 2520 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 2521 | { |
||
| 2522 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 2523 | { |
||
| 2524 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2525 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 2526 | break; |
||
| 2527 | } |
||
| 2528 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 2529 | { |
||
| 2530 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2531 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 2532 | break; |
||
| 2533 | } |
||
| 2534 | default : |
||
| 2535 | { |
||
| 2536 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2537 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2538 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 2539 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 2540 | break; |
||
| 2541 | } |
||
| 2542 | } |
||
| 2543 | |||
| 2544 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 2545 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2546 | |||
| 2547 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2548 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2549 | } |
||
| 2550 | |||
| 2551 | /** |
||
| 2552 | * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. |
||
| 2553 | * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle |
||
| 2554 | * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 2555 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 2556 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2557 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2558 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
| 2559 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2560 | */ |
||
| 2561 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 2562 | { |
||
| 2563 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2564 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2565 | |||
| 2566 | /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 |
||
| 2567 | (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ |
||
| 2568 | if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
||
| 2569 | { |
||
| 2570 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2571 | |||
| 2572 | /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 */ |
||
| 2573 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 2574 | } |
||
| 2575 | else if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 2576 | { |
||
| 2577 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2578 | |||
| 2579 | /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 2 */ |
||
| 2580 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 2581 | } |
||
| 2582 | else |
||
| 2583 | { |
||
| 2584 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2585 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2586 | |||
| 2587 | /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and 2 */ |
||
| 2588 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 2589 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 2590 | } |
||
| 2591 | |||
| 2592 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 2593 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2594 | |||
| 2595 | /* Change the htim state */ |
||
| 2596 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 2597 | |||
| 2598 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2599 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2600 | } |
||
| 2601 | |||
| 2602 | /** |
||
| 2603 | * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. |
||
| 2604 | * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle |
||
| 2605 | * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 2606 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 2607 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2608 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2609 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
| 2610 | * @param pData1 : The destination Buffer address for IC1. |
||
| 2611 | * @param pData2 : The destination Buffer address for IC2. |
||
| 2612 | * @param Length : The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. |
||
| 2613 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2614 | */ |
||
| 2615 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData1, uint32_t *pData2, uint16_t Length) |
||
| 2616 | { |
||
| 2617 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2618 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2619 | |||
| 2620 | if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) |
||
| 2621 | { |
||
| 2622 | return HAL_BUSY; |
||
| 2623 | } |
||
| 2624 | else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 2625 | { |
||
| 2626 | if((((pData1 == 0U) || (pData2 == 0U) )) && (Length > 0U)) |
||
| 2627 | { |
||
| 2628 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2629 | } |
||
| 2630 | else |
||
| 2631 | { |
||
| 2632 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 2633 | } |
||
| 2634 | } |
||
| 2635 | |||
| 2636 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 2637 | { |
||
| 2638 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 2639 | { |
||
| 2640 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 2641 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 2642 | |||
| 2643 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 2644 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 2645 | |||
| 2646 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 2647 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t )pData1, Length); |
||
| 2648 | |||
| 2649 | /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ |
||
| 2650 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 2651 | |||
| 2652 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 2653 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2654 | |||
| 2655 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 2656 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2657 | } |
||
| 2658 | break; |
||
| 2659 | |||
| 2660 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 2661 | { |
||
| 2662 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 2663 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 2664 | |||
| 2665 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 2666 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError; |
||
| 2667 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 2668 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length); |
||
| 2669 | |||
| 2670 | /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ |
||
| 2671 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 2672 | |||
| 2673 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 2674 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2675 | |||
| 2676 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 2677 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2678 | } |
||
| 2679 | break; |
||
| 2680 | |||
| 2681 | case TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: |
||
| 2682 | { |
||
| 2683 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 2684 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 2685 | |||
| 2686 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 2687 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 2688 | |||
| 2689 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 2690 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, Length); |
||
| 2691 | |||
| 2692 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 2693 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 2694 | |||
| 2695 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 2696 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 2697 | |||
| 2698 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 2699 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length); |
||
| 2700 | |||
| 2701 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 2702 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2703 | |||
| 2704 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 2705 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2706 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2707 | |||
| 2708 | /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ |
||
| 2709 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 2710 | /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ |
||
| 2711 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 2712 | } |
||
| 2713 | break; |
||
| 2714 | |||
| 2715 | default: |
||
| 2716 | break; |
||
| 2717 | } |
||
| 2718 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2719 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2720 | } |
||
| 2721 | |||
| 2722 | /** |
||
| 2723 | * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. |
||
| 2724 | * @param htim : TIM Encoder Interface handle |
||
| 2725 | * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 2726 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 2727 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2728 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2729 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
| 2730 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2731 | */ |
||
| 2732 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 2733 | { |
||
| 2734 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2735 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2736 | |||
| 2737 | /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 |
||
| 2738 | (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ |
||
| 2739 | if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
||
| 2740 | { |
||
| 2741 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2742 | |||
| 2743 | /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 */ |
||
| 2744 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 2745 | } |
||
| 2746 | else if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 2747 | { |
||
| 2748 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2749 | |||
| 2750 | /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 2 */ |
||
| 2751 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 2752 | } |
||
| 2753 | else |
||
| 2754 | { |
||
| 2755 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2756 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2757 | |||
| 2758 | /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 and 2 */ |
||
| 2759 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 2760 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 2761 | } |
||
| 2762 | |||
| 2763 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 2764 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2765 | |||
| 2766 | /* Change the htim state */ |
||
| 2767 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 2768 | |||
| 2769 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2770 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2771 | } |
||
| 2772 | |||
| 2773 | /** |
||
| 2774 | * @} |
||
| 2775 | */ |
||
| 2776 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group7 TIM IRQ handler management |
||
| 2777 | * @brief IRQ handler management |
||
| 2778 | * |
||
| 2779 | @verbatim |
||
| 2780 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 2781 | ##### IRQ handler management ##### |
||
| 2782 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 2783 | [..] |
||
| 2784 | This section provides Timer IRQ handler function. |
||
| 2785 | |||
| 2786 | @endverbatim |
||
| 2787 | * @{ |
||
| 2788 | */ |
||
| 2789 | /** |
||
| 2790 | * @brief This function handles TIM interrupts requests. |
||
| 2791 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 2792 | * @retval None |
||
| 2793 | */ |
||
| 2794 | void HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 2795 | { |
||
| 2796 | /* Capture compare 1 event */ |
||
| 2797 | if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC1) != RESET) |
||
| 2798 | { |
||
| 2799 | if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC1) !=RESET) |
||
| 2800 | { |
||
| 2801 | { |
||
| 2802 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 2803 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
| 2804 | |||
| 2805 | /* Input capture event */ |
||
| 2806 | if((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) != 0x00U) |
||
| 2807 | { |
||
| 2808 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
| 2809 | } |
||
| 2810 | /* Output compare event */ |
||
| 2811 | else |
||
| 2812 | { |
||
| 2813 | HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 2814 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 2815 | } |
||
| 2816 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 2817 | } |
||
| 2818 | } |
||
| 2819 | } |
||
| 2820 | /* Capture compare 2 event */ |
||
| 2821 | if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC2) != RESET) |
||
| 2822 | { |
||
| 2823 | if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC2) !=RESET) |
||
| 2824 | { |
||
| 2825 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 2826 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
| 2827 | /* Input capture event */ |
||
| 2828 | if((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) != 0x00U) |
||
| 2829 | { |
||
| 2830 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
| 2831 | } |
||
| 2832 | /* Output compare event */ |
||
| 2833 | else |
||
| 2834 | { |
||
| 2835 | HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 2836 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 2837 | } |
||
| 2838 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 2839 | } |
||
| 2840 | } |
||
| 2841 | /* Capture compare 3 event */ |
||
| 2842 | if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC3) != RESET) |
||
| 2843 | { |
||
| 2844 | if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC3) !=RESET) |
||
| 2845 | { |
||
| 2846 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 2847 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
| 2848 | /* Input capture event */ |
||
| 2849 | if((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC3S) != 0x00U) |
||
| 2850 | { |
||
| 2851 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
| 2852 | } |
||
| 2853 | /* Output compare event */ |
||
| 2854 | else |
||
| 2855 | { |
||
| 2856 | HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 2857 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 2858 | } |
||
| 2859 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 2860 | } |
||
| 2861 | } |
||
| 2862 | /* Capture compare 4 event */ |
||
| 2863 | if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC4) != RESET) |
||
| 2864 | { |
||
| 2865 | if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC4) !=RESET) |
||
| 2866 | { |
||
| 2867 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 2868 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
| 2869 | /* Input capture event */ |
||
| 2870 | if((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) != 0x00U) |
||
| 2871 | { |
||
| 2872 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
| 2873 | } |
||
| 2874 | /* Output compare event */ |
||
| 2875 | else |
||
| 2876 | { |
||
| 2877 | HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 2878 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 2879 | } |
||
| 2880 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 2881 | } |
||
| 2882 | } |
||
| 2883 | /* TIM Update event */ |
||
| 2884 | if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_UPDATE) != RESET) |
||
| 2885 | { |
||
| 2886 | if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE) !=RESET) |
||
| 2887 | { |
||
| 2888 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); |
||
| 2889 | HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 2890 | } |
||
| 2891 | } |
||
| 2892 | /* TIM Break input event */ |
||
| 2893 | if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_BREAK) != RESET) |
||
| 2894 | { |
||
| 2895 | if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK) !=RESET) |
||
| 2896 | { |
||
| 2897 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK); |
||
| 2898 | HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(htim); |
||
| 2899 | } |
||
| 2900 | } |
||
| 2901 | /* TIM Trigger detection event */ |
||
| 2902 | if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER) != RESET) |
||
| 2903 | { |
||
| 2904 | if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER) !=RESET) |
||
| 2905 | { |
||
| 2906 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); |
||
| 2907 | HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); |
||
| 2908 | } |
||
| 2909 | } |
||
| 2910 | /* TIM commutation event */ |
||
| 2911 | if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM) != RESET) |
||
| 2912 | { |
||
| 2913 | if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_COM) !=RESET) |
||
| 2914 | { |
||
| 2915 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM); |
||
| 2916 | HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(htim); |
||
| 2917 | } |
||
| 2918 | } |
||
| 2919 | } |
||
| 2920 | |||
| 2921 | /** |
||
| 2922 | * @} |
||
| 2923 | */ |
||
| 2924 | |||
| 2925 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group8 Peripheral Control functions |
||
| 2926 | * @brief Peripheral Control functions |
||
| 2927 | * |
||
| 2928 | @verbatim |
||
| 2929 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 2930 | ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### |
||
| 2931 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 2932 | [..] |
||
| 2933 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 2934 | (+) Configure The Input Output channels for OC, PWM, IC or One Pulse mode. |
||
| 2935 | (+) Configure External Clock source. |
||
| 2936 | (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time. |
||
| 2937 | (+) Configure Master and the Slave synchronization. |
||
| 2938 | (+) Configure the DMA Burst Mode. |
||
| 2939 | |||
| 2940 | @endverbatim |
||
| 2941 | * @{ |
||
| 2942 | */ |
||
| 2943 | |||
| 2944 | /** |
||
| 2945 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare Channels according to the specified |
||
| 2946 | * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. |
||
| 2947 | * @param htim : TIM Output Compare handle |
||
| 2948 | * @param sConfig : TIM Output Compare configuration structure |
||
| 2949 | * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 2950 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 2951 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2952 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2953 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 2954 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 2955 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 2956 | */ |
||
| 2957 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 2958 | { |
||
| 2959 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2960 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); |
||
| 2961 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); |
||
| 2962 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); |
||
| 2963 | |||
| 2964 | /* Check input state */ |
||
| 2965 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 2966 | |||
| 2967 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 2968 | |||
| 2969 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 2970 | { |
||
| 2971 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 2972 | { |
||
| 2973 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2974 | /* Configure the TIM Channel 1 in Output Compare */ |
||
| 2975 | TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 2976 | } |
||
| 2977 | break; |
||
| 2978 | |||
| 2979 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 2980 | { |
||
| 2981 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2982 | /* Configure the TIM Channel 2 in Output Compare */ |
||
| 2983 | TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 2984 | } |
||
| 2985 | break; |
||
| 2986 | |||
| 2987 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 2988 | { |
||
| 2989 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2990 | /* Configure the TIM Channel 3 in Output Compare */ |
||
| 2991 | TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 2992 | } |
||
| 2993 | break; |
||
| 2994 | |||
| 2995 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 2996 | { |
||
| 2997 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2998 | /* Configure the TIM Channel 4 in Output Compare */ |
||
| 2999 | TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 3000 | } |
||
| 3001 | break; |
||
| 3002 | |||
| 3003 | default: |
||
| 3004 | break; |
||
| 3005 | } |
||
| 3006 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 3007 | |||
| 3008 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 3009 | |||
| 3010 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3011 | } |
||
| 3012 | |||
| 3013 | /** |
||
| 3014 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Channels according to the specified |
||
| 3015 | * parameters in the TIM_IC_InitTypeDef. |
||
| 3016 | * @param htim : TIM IC handle |
||
| 3017 | * @param sConfig : TIM Input Capture configuration structure |
||
| 3018 | * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 3019 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 3020 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3021 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3022 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 3023 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 3024 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 3025 | */ |
||
| 3026 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_IC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 3027 | { |
||
| 3028 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 3029 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3030 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->ICPolarity)); |
||
| 3031 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->ICSelection)); |
||
| 3032 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->ICPrescaler)); |
||
| 3033 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->ICFilter)); |
||
| 3034 | |||
| 3035 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 3036 | |||
| 3037 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 3038 | |||
| 3039 | if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
||
| 3040 | { |
||
| 3041 | /* TI1 Configuration */ |
||
| 3042 | TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 3043 | sConfig->ICPolarity, |
||
| 3044 | sConfig->ICSelection, |
||
| 3045 | sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
| 3046 | |||
| 3047 | /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ |
||
| 3048 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; |
||
| 3049 | |||
| 3050 | /* Set the IC1PSC value */ |
||
| 3051 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; |
||
| 3052 | } |
||
| 3053 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 3054 | { |
||
| 3055 | /* TI2 Configuration */ |
||
| 3056 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3057 | |||
| 3058 | TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 3059 | sConfig->ICPolarity, |
||
| 3060 | sConfig->ICSelection, |
||
| 3061 | sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
| 3062 | |||
| 3063 | /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ |
||
| 3064 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; |
||
| 3065 | |||
| 3066 | /* Set the IC2PSC value */ |
||
| 3067 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U); |
||
| 3068 | } |
||
| 3069 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_3) |
||
| 3070 | { |
||
| 3071 | /* TI3 Configuration */ |
||
| 3072 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3073 | |||
| 3074 | TIM_TI3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 3075 | sConfig->ICPolarity, |
||
| 3076 | sConfig->ICSelection, |
||
| 3077 | sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
| 3078 | |||
| 3079 | /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */ |
||
| 3080 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC; |
||
| 3081 | |||
| 3082 | /* Set the IC3PSC value */ |
||
| 3083 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; |
||
| 3084 | } |
||
| 3085 | else |
||
| 3086 | { |
||
| 3087 | /* TI4 Configuration */ |
||
| 3088 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3089 | |||
| 3090 | TIM_TI4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 3091 | sConfig->ICPolarity, |
||
| 3092 | sConfig->ICSelection, |
||
| 3093 | sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
| 3094 | |||
| 3095 | /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */ |
||
| 3096 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC; |
||
| 3097 | |||
| 3098 | /* Set the IC4PSC value */ |
||
| 3099 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U); |
||
| 3100 | } |
||
| 3101 | |||
| 3102 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 3103 | |||
| 3104 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 3105 | |||
| 3106 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3107 | } |
||
| 3108 | |||
| 3109 | /** |
||
| 3110 | * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM channels according to the specified |
||
| 3111 | * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. |
||
| 3112 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 3113 | * @param sConfig : TIM PWM configuration structure |
||
| 3114 | * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 3115 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 3116 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3117 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3118 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 3119 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 3120 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 3121 | */ |
||
| 3122 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 3123 | { |
||
| 3124 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 3125 | |||
| 3126 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 3127 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); |
||
| 3128 | assert_param(IS_TIM_PWM_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); |
||
| 3129 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); |
||
| 3130 | assert_param(IS_TIM_FAST_STATE(sConfig->OCFastMode)); |
||
| 3131 | |||
| 3132 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 3133 | |||
| 3134 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 3135 | { |
||
| 3136 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 3137 | { |
||
| 3138 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3139 | /* Configure the Channel 1 in PWM mode */ |
||
| 3140 | TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 3141 | |||
| 3142 | /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel1 */ |
||
| 3143 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE; |
||
| 3144 | |||
| 3145 | /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ |
||
| 3146 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE; |
||
| 3147 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; |
||
| 3148 | } |
||
| 3149 | break; |
||
| 3150 | |||
| 3151 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 3152 | { |
||
| 3153 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3154 | /* Configure the Channel 2 in PWM mode */ |
||
| 3155 | TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 3156 | |||
| 3157 | /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel2 */ |
||
| 3158 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE; |
||
| 3159 | |||
| 3160 | /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ |
||
| 3161 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE; |
||
| 3162 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8; |
||
| 3163 | } |
||
| 3164 | break; |
||
| 3165 | |||
| 3166 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 3167 | { |
||
| 3168 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3169 | /* Configure the Channel 3 in PWM mode */ |
||
| 3170 | TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 3171 | |||
| 3172 | /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel3 */ |
||
| 3173 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE; |
||
| 3174 | |||
| 3175 | /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ |
||
| 3176 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE; |
||
| 3177 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; |
||
| 3178 | } |
||
| 3179 | break; |
||
| 3180 | |||
| 3181 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 3182 | { |
||
| 3183 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3184 | /* Configure the Channel 4 in PWM mode */ |
||
| 3185 | TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 3186 | |||
| 3187 | /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel4 */ |
||
| 3188 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE; |
||
| 3189 | |||
| 3190 | /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ |
||
| 3191 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE; |
||
| 3192 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8; |
||
| 3193 | } |
||
| 3194 | break; |
||
| 3195 | |||
| 3196 | default: |
||
| 3197 | break; |
||
| 3198 | } |
||
| 3199 | |||
| 3200 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 3201 | |||
| 3202 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 3203 | |||
| 3204 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3205 | } |
||
| 3206 | |||
| 3207 | /** |
||
| 3208 | * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Channels according to the specified |
||
| 3209 | * parameters in the TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef. |
||
| 3210 | * @param htim : TIM One Pulse handle |
||
| 3211 | * @param sConfig : TIM One Pulse configuration structure |
||
| 3212 | * @param OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 3213 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 3214 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3215 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3216 | * @param InputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 3217 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 3218 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3219 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3220 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 3221 | */ |
||
| 3222 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t OutputChannel, uint32_t InputChannel) |
||
| 3223 | { |
||
| 3224 | TIM_OC_InitTypeDef temp1; |
||
| 3225 | |||
| 3226 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 3227 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(OutputChannel)); |
||
| 3228 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(InputChannel)); |
||
| 3229 | |||
| 3230 | if(OutputChannel != InputChannel) |
||
| 3231 | { |
||
| 3232 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 3233 | |||
| 3234 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 3235 | |||
| 3236 | /* Extract the Ouput compare configuration from sConfig structure */ |
||
| 3237 | temp1.OCMode = sConfig->OCMode; |
||
| 3238 | temp1.Pulse = sConfig->Pulse; |
||
| 3239 | temp1.OCPolarity = sConfig->OCPolarity; |
||
| 3240 | temp1.OCNPolarity = sConfig->OCNPolarity; |
||
| 3241 | temp1.OCIdleState = sConfig->OCIdleState; |
||
| 3242 | temp1.OCNIdleState = sConfig->OCNIdleState; |
||
| 3243 | |||
| 3244 | switch (OutputChannel) |
||
| 3245 | { |
||
| 3246 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 3247 | { |
||
| 3248 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3249 | |||
| 3250 | TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); |
||
| 3251 | } |
||
| 3252 | break; |
||
| 3253 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 3254 | { |
||
| 3255 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3256 | |||
| 3257 | TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); |
||
| 3258 | } |
||
| 3259 | break; |
||
| 3260 | default: |
||
| 3261 | break; |
||
| 3262 | } |
||
| 3263 | switch (InputChannel) |
||
| 3264 | { |
||
| 3265 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 3266 | { |
||
| 3267 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3268 | |||
| 3269 | TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, |
||
| 3270 | sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
| 3271 | |||
| 3272 | /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ |
||
| 3273 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; |
||
| 3274 | |||
| 3275 | /* Select the Trigger source */ |
||
| 3276 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; |
||
| 3277 | htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1FP1; |
||
| 3278 | |||
| 3279 | /* Select the Slave Mode */ |
||
| 3280 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 3281 | htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; |
||
| 3282 | } |
||
| 3283 | break; |
||
| 3284 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 3285 | { |
||
| 3286 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3287 | |||
| 3288 | TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, |
||
| 3289 | sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
| 3290 | |||
| 3291 | /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ |
||
| 3292 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; |
||
| 3293 | |||
| 3294 | /* Select the Trigger source */ |
||
| 3295 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; |
||
| 3296 | htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI2FP2; |
||
| 3297 | |||
| 3298 | /* Select the Slave Mode */ |
||
| 3299 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 3300 | htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; |
||
| 3301 | } |
||
| 3302 | break; |
||
| 3303 | |||
| 3304 | default: |
||
| 3305 | break; |
||
| 3306 | } |
||
| 3307 | |||
| 3308 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 3309 | |||
| 3310 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 3311 | |||
| 3312 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3313 | } |
||
| 3314 | else |
||
| 3315 | { |
||
| 3316 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3317 | } |
||
| 3318 | } |
||
| 3319 | |||
| 3320 | /** |
||
| 3321 | * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral |
||
| 3322 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 3323 | * @param BurstBaseAddress : TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write |
||
| 3324 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 3325 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 |
||
| 3326 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 |
||
| 3327 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR |
||
| 3328 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER |
||
| 3329 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR |
||
| 3330 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR |
||
| 3331 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 |
||
| 3332 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 |
||
| 3333 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER |
||
| 3334 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT |
||
| 3335 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC |
||
| 3336 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR |
||
| 3337 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR |
||
| 3338 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 |
||
| 3339 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 |
||
| 3340 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 |
||
| 3341 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 |
||
| 3342 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR |
||
| 3343 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DCR |
||
| 3344 | * @param BurstRequestSrc : TIM DMA Request sources |
||
| 3345 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 3346 | * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source |
||
| 3347 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source |
||
| 3348 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source |
||
| 3349 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source |
||
| 3350 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source |
||
| 3351 | * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source |
||
| 3352 | * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source |
||
| 3353 | * @param BurstBuffer : The Buffer address. |
||
| 3354 | * @param BurstLength : DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value |
||
| 3355 | * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. |
||
| 3356 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 3357 | */ |
||
| 3358 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, |
||
| 3359 | uint32_t* BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength) |
||
| 3360 | { |
||
| 3361 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 3362 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3363 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); |
||
| 3364 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); |
||
| 3365 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); |
||
| 3366 | |||
| 3367 | if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) |
||
| 3368 | { |
||
| 3369 | return HAL_BUSY; |
||
| 3370 | } |
||
| 3371 | else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 3372 | { |
||
| 3373 | if((BurstBuffer == 0U) && (BurstLength > 0U)) |
||
| 3374 | { |
||
| 3375 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3376 | } |
||
| 3377 | else |
||
| 3378 | { |
||
| 3379 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 3380 | } |
||
| 3381 | } |
||
| 3382 | switch(BurstRequestSrc) |
||
| 3383 | { |
||
| 3384 | case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: |
||
| 3385 | { |
||
| 3386 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 3387 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; |
||
| 3388 | |||
| 3389 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3390 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 3391 | |||
| 3392 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 3393 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); |
||
| 3394 | } |
||
| 3395 | break; |
||
| 3396 | case TIM_DMA_CC1: |
||
| 3397 | { |
||
| 3398 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 3399 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 3400 | |||
| 3401 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3402 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 3403 | |||
| 3404 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 3405 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); |
||
| 3406 | } |
||
| 3407 | break; |
||
| 3408 | case TIM_DMA_CC2: |
||
| 3409 | { |
||
| 3410 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 3411 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 3412 | |||
| 3413 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3414 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 3415 | |||
| 3416 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 3417 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); |
||
| 3418 | } |
||
| 3419 | break; |
||
| 3420 | case TIM_DMA_CC3: |
||
| 3421 | { |
||
| 3422 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 3423 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 3424 | |||
| 3425 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3426 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 3427 | |||
| 3428 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 3429 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); |
||
| 3430 | } |
||
| 3431 | break; |
||
| 3432 | case TIM_DMA_CC4: |
||
| 3433 | { |
||
| 3434 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 3435 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 3436 | |||
| 3437 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3438 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 3439 | |||
| 3440 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 3441 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); |
||
| 3442 | } |
||
| 3443 | break; |
||
| 3444 | case TIM_DMA_COM: |
||
| 3445 | { |
||
| 3446 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 3447 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt; |
||
| 3448 | |||
| 3449 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3450 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 3451 | |||
| 3452 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 3453 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); |
||
| 3454 | } |
||
| 3455 | break; |
||
| 3456 | case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: |
||
| 3457 | { |
||
| 3458 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 3459 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; |
||
| 3460 | |||
| 3461 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3462 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 3463 | |||
| 3464 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 3465 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); |
||
| 3466 | } |
||
| 3467 | break; |
||
| 3468 | default: |
||
| 3469 | break; |
||
| 3470 | } |
||
| 3471 | /* configure the DMA Burst Mode */ |
||
| 3472 | htim->Instance->DCR = BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength; |
||
| 3473 | |||
| 3474 | /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ |
||
| 3475 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); |
||
| 3476 | |||
| 3477 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 3478 | |||
| 3479 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 3480 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3481 | } |
||
| 3482 | |||
| 3483 | /** |
||
| 3484 | * @brief Stops the TIM DMA Burst mode |
||
| 3485 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 3486 | * @param BurstRequestSrc : TIM DMA Request sources to disable |
||
| 3487 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 3488 | */ |
||
| 3489 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) |
||
| 3490 | { |
||
| 3491 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 3492 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); |
||
| 3493 | |||
| 3494 | /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */ |
||
| 3495 | switch(BurstRequestSrc) |
||
| 3496 | { |
||
| 3497 | case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: |
||
| 3498 | { |
||
| 3499 | HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); |
||
| 3500 | } |
||
| 3501 | break; |
||
| 3502 | case TIM_DMA_CC1: |
||
| 3503 | { |
||
| 3504 | HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
||
| 3505 | } |
||
| 3506 | break; |
||
| 3507 | case TIM_DMA_CC2: |
||
| 3508 | { |
||
| 3509 | HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
||
| 3510 | } |
||
| 3511 | break; |
||
| 3512 | case TIM_DMA_CC3: |
||
| 3513 | { |
||
| 3514 | HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); |
||
| 3515 | } |
||
| 3516 | break; |
||
| 3517 | case TIM_DMA_CC4: |
||
| 3518 | { |
||
| 3519 | HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); |
||
| 3520 | } |
||
| 3521 | break; |
||
| 3522 | case TIM_DMA_COM: |
||
| 3523 | { |
||
| 3524 | HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]); |
||
| 3525 | } |
||
| 3526 | break; |
||
| 3527 | case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: |
||
| 3528 | { |
||
| 3529 | HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); |
||
| 3530 | } |
||
| 3531 | break; |
||
| 3532 | default: |
||
| 3533 | break; |
||
| 3534 | } |
||
| 3535 | |||
| 3536 | /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ |
||
| 3537 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); |
||
| 3538 | |||
| 3539 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 3540 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3541 | } |
||
| 3542 | |||
| 3543 | /** |
||
| 3544 | * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory |
||
| 3545 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 3546 | * @param BurstBaseAddress : TIM Base address from where the DMA will starts the Data read |
||
| 3547 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 3548 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 |
||
| 3549 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 |
||
| 3550 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR |
||
| 3551 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER |
||
| 3552 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR |
||
| 3553 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR |
||
| 3554 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 |
||
| 3555 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 |
||
| 3556 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER |
||
| 3557 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT |
||
| 3558 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC |
||
| 3559 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR |
||
| 3560 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR |
||
| 3561 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 |
||
| 3562 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 |
||
| 3563 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 |
||
| 3564 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 |
||
| 3565 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR |
||
| 3566 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DCR |
||
| 3567 | * @param BurstRequestSrc : TIM DMA Request sources |
||
| 3568 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 3569 | * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source |
||
| 3570 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source |
||
| 3571 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source |
||
| 3572 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source |
||
| 3573 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source |
||
| 3574 | * @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source |
||
| 3575 | * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source |
||
| 3576 | * @param BurstBuffer : The Buffer address. |
||
| 3577 | * @param BurstLength : DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value |
||
| 3578 | * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. |
||
| 3579 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 3580 | */ |
||
| 3581 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, |
||
| 3582 | uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength) |
||
| 3583 | { |
||
| 3584 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 3585 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3586 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); |
||
| 3587 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); |
||
| 3588 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); |
||
| 3589 | |||
| 3590 | if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY)) |
||
| 3591 | { |
||
| 3592 | return HAL_BUSY; |
||
| 3593 | } |
||
| 3594 | else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 3595 | { |
||
| 3596 | if((BurstBuffer == 0U) && (BurstLength > 0U)) |
||
| 3597 | { |
||
| 3598 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3599 | } |
||
| 3600 | else |
||
| 3601 | { |
||
| 3602 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 3603 | } |
||
| 3604 | } |
||
| 3605 | switch(BurstRequestSrc) |
||
| 3606 | { |
||
| 3607 | case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: |
||
| 3608 | { |
||
| 3609 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 3610 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; |
||
| 3611 | |||
| 3612 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3613 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 3614 | |||
| 3615 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 3616 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); |
||
| 3617 | } |
||
| 3618 | break; |
||
| 3619 | case TIM_DMA_CC1: |
||
| 3620 | { |
||
| 3621 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 3622 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 3623 | |||
| 3624 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3625 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 3626 | |||
| 3627 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 3628 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); |
||
| 3629 | } |
||
| 3630 | break; |
||
| 3631 | case TIM_DMA_CC2: |
||
| 3632 | { |
||
| 3633 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 3634 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 3635 | |||
| 3636 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3637 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 3638 | |||
| 3639 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 3640 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); |
||
| 3641 | } |
||
| 3642 | break; |
||
| 3643 | case TIM_DMA_CC3: |
||
| 3644 | { |
||
| 3645 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 3646 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 3647 | |||
| 3648 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3649 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 3650 | |||
| 3651 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 3652 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); |
||
| 3653 | } |
||
| 3654 | break; |
||
| 3655 | case TIM_DMA_CC4: |
||
| 3656 | { |
||
| 3657 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 3658 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 3659 | |||
| 3660 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3661 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 3662 | |||
| 3663 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 3664 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); |
||
| 3665 | } |
||
| 3666 | break; |
||
| 3667 | case TIM_DMA_COM: |
||
| 3668 | { |
||
| 3669 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 3670 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt; |
||
| 3671 | |||
| 3672 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3673 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 3674 | |||
| 3675 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 3676 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); |
||
| 3677 | } |
||
| 3678 | break; |
||
| 3679 | case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: |
||
| 3680 | { |
||
| 3681 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */ |
||
| 3682 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; |
||
| 3683 | |||
| 3684 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3685 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 3686 | |||
| 3687 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 3688 | HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); |
||
| 3689 | } |
||
| 3690 | break; |
||
| 3691 | default: |
||
| 3692 | break; |
||
| 3693 | } |
||
| 3694 | |||
| 3695 | /* configure the DMA Burst Mode */ |
||
| 3696 | htim->Instance->DCR = BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength; |
||
| 3697 | |||
| 3698 | /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ |
||
| 3699 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); |
||
| 3700 | |||
| 3701 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 3702 | |||
| 3703 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 3704 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3705 | } |
||
| 3706 | |||
| 3707 | /** |
||
| 3708 | * @brief Stop the DMA burst reading |
||
| 3709 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 3710 | * @param BurstRequestSrc : TIM DMA Request sources to disable. |
||
| 3711 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 3712 | */ |
||
| 3713 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) |
||
| 3714 | { |
||
| 3715 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 3716 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); |
||
| 3717 | |||
| 3718 | /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */ |
||
| 3719 | switch(BurstRequestSrc) |
||
| 3720 | { |
||
| 3721 | case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: |
||
| 3722 | { |
||
| 3723 | HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); |
||
| 3724 | } |
||
| 3725 | break; |
||
| 3726 | case TIM_DMA_CC1: |
||
| 3727 | { |
||
| 3728 | HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
||
| 3729 | } |
||
| 3730 | break; |
||
| 3731 | case TIM_DMA_CC2: |
||
| 3732 | { |
||
| 3733 | HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
||
| 3734 | } |
||
| 3735 | break; |
||
| 3736 | case TIM_DMA_CC3: |
||
| 3737 | { |
||
| 3738 | HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); |
||
| 3739 | } |
||
| 3740 | break; |
||
| 3741 | case TIM_DMA_CC4: |
||
| 3742 | { |
||
| 3743 | HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); |
||
| 3744 | } |
||
| 3745 | break; |
||
| 3746 | case TIM_DMA_COM: |
||
| 3747 | { |
||
| 3748 | HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]); |
||
| 3749 | } |
||
| 3750 | break; |
||
| 3751 | case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: |
||
| 3752 | { |
||
| 3753 | HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); |
||
| 3754 | } |
||
| 3755 | break; |
||
| 3756 | default: |
||
| 3757 | break; |
||
| 3758 | } |
||
| 3759 | |||
| 3760 | /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ |
||
| 3761 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); |
||
| 3762 | |||
| 3763 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 3764 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3765 | } |
||
| 3766 | |||
| 3767 | /** |
||
| 3768 | * @brief Generate a software event |
||
| 3769 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 3770 | * @param EventSource : specifies the event source. |
||
| 3771 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 3772 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE: Timer update Event source |
||
| 3773 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source |
||
| 3774 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source |
||
| 3775 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source |
||
| 3776 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source |
||
| 3777 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM: Timer COM event source |
||
| 3778 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER: Timer Trigger Event source |
||
| 3779 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK: Timer Break event source |
||
| 3780 | * @note TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update event. |
||
| 3781 | * @note TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM and TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK are used only with TIM1, TIM15, TIM16 and TIM17. |
||
| 3782 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 3783 | */ |
||
| 3784 | |||
| 3785 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t EventSource) |
||
| 3786 | { |
||
| 3787 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 3788 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3789 | assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(EventSource)); |
||
| 3790 | |||
| 3791 | /* Process Locked */ |
||
| 3792 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 3793 | |||
| 3794 | /* Change the TIM state */ |
||
| 3795 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 3796 | |||
| 3797 | /* Set the event sources */ |
||
| 3798 | htim->Instance->EGR = EventSource; |
||
| 3799 | |||
| 3800 | /* Change the TIM state */ |
||
| 3801 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 3802 | |||
| 3803 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 3804 | |||
| 3805 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 3806 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3807 | } |
||
| 3808 | |||
| 3809 | /** |
||
| 3810 | * @brief Configures the OCRef clear feature |
||
| 3811 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 3812 | * @param sClearInputConfig : pointer to a TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that |
||
| 3813 | * contains the OCREF clear feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral. |
||
| 3814 | * @param Channel : specifies the TIM Channel |
||
| 3815 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 3816 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 |
||
| 3817 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 |
||
| 3818 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 |
||
| 3819 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 |
||
| 3820 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 3821 | */ |
||
| 3822 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef * sClearInputConfig, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 3823 | { |
||
| 3824 | uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0U; |
||
| 3825 | |||
| 3826 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 3827 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3828 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource)); |
||
| 3829 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity)); |
||
| 3830 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler)); |
||
| 3831 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter)); |
||
| 3832 | |||
| 3833 | /* Process Locked */ |
||
| 3834 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 3835 | |||
| 3836 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 3837 | |||
| 3838 | switch (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource) |
||
| 3839 | { |
||
| 3840 | case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_NONE: |
||
| 3841 | { |
||
| 3842 | |||
| 3843 | /* Clear the ETR Bits */ |
||
| 3844 | tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); |
||
| 3845 | |||
| 3846 | /* Set TIMx_SMCR */ |
||
| 3847 | htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
| 3848 | } |
||
| 3849 | break; |
||
| 3850 | |||
| 3851 | case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR: |
||
| 3852 | { |
||
| 3853 | TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 3854 | sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler, |
||
| 3855 | sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity, |
||
| 3856 | sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter); |
||
| 3857 | |||
| 3858 | } |
||
| 3859 | break; |
||
| 3860 | default: |
||
| 3861 | break; |
||
| 3862 | } |
||
| 3863 | |||
| 3864 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 3865 | { |
||
| 3866 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 3867 | { |
||
| 3868 | if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) |
||
| 3869 | { |
||
| 3870 | /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */ |
||
| 3871 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE; |
||
| 3872 | } |
||
| 3873 | else |
||
| 3874 | { |
||
| 3875 | /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */ |
||
| 3876 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE; |
||
| 3877 | } |
||
| 3878 | } |
||
| 3879 | break; |
||
| 3880 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 3881 | { |
||
| 3882 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3883 | if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) |
||
| 3884 | { |
||
| 3885 | /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 2 */ |
||
| 3886 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE; |
||
| 3887 | } |
||
| 3888 | else |
||
| 3889 | { |
||
| 3890 | /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 2 */ |
||
| 3891 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE; |
||
| 3892 | } |
||
| 3893 | } |
||
| 3894 | break; |
||
| 3895 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 3896 | { |
||
| 3897 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3898 | if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) |
||
| 3899 | { |
||
| 3900 | /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 3 */ |
||
| 3901 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE; |
||
| 3902 | } |
||
| 3903 | else |
||
| 3904 | { |
||
| 3905 | /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 3 */ |
||
| 3906 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE; |
||
| 3907 | } |
||
| 3908 | } |
||
| 3909 | break; |
||
| 3910 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 3911 | { |
||
| 3912 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3913 | if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET) |
||
| 3914 | { |
||
| 3915 | /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 4 */ |
||
| 3916 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE; |
||
| 3917 | } |
||
| 3918 | else |
||
| 3919 | { |
||
| 3920 | /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 4 */ |
||
| 3921 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE; |
||
| 3922 | } |
||
| 3923 | } |
||
| 3924 | break; |
||
| 3925 | default: |
||
| 3926 | break; |
||
| 3927 | } |
||
| 3928 | |||
| 3929 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 3930 | |||
| 3931 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 3932 | |||
| 3933 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3934 | } |
||
| 3935 | |||
| 3936 | /** |
||
| 3937 | * @brief Configures the clock source to be used |
||
| 3938 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 3939 | * @param sClockSourceConfig : pointer to a TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef structure that |
||
| 3940 | * contains the clock source information for the TIM peripheral. |
||
| 3941 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 3942 | */ |
||
| 3943 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef * sClockSourceConfig) |
||
| 3944 | { |
||
| 3945 | uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0U; |
||
| 3946 | |||
| 3947 | /* Process Locked */ |
||
| 3948 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 3949 | |||
| 3950 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 3951 | |||
| 3952 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 3953 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE(sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource)); |
||
| 3954 | |||
| 3955 | /* Reset the SMS, TS, ECE, ETPS and ETRF bits */ |
||
| 3956 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; |
||
| 3957 | tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS); |
||
| 3958 | tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); |
||
| 3959 | htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
| 3960 | |||
| 3961 | switch (sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource) |
||
| 3962 | { |
||
| 3963 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL: |
||
| 3964 | { |
||
| 3965 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3966 | /* Disable slave mode to clock the prescaler directly with the internal clock */ |
||
| 3967 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 3968 | } |
||
| 3969 | break; |
||
| 3970 | |||
| 3971 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1: |
||
| 3972 | { |
||
| 3973 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 1 (ETRF)*/ |
||
| 3974 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3975 | |||
| 3976 | /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */ |
||
| 3977 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler)); |
||
| 3978 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); |
||
| 3979 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); |
||
| 3980 | |||
| 3981 | /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ |
||
| 3982 | TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 3983 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, |
||
| 3984 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, |
||
| 3985 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); |
||
| 3986 | /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ |
||
| 3987 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; |
||
| 3988 | /* Reset the SMS and TS Bits */ |
||
| 3989 | tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS); |
||
| 3990 | /* Select the External clock mode1 and the ETRF trigger */ |
||
| 3991 | tmpsmcr |= (TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1 | TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1); |
||
| 3992 | /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ |
||
| 3993 | htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
| 3994 | } |
||
| 3995 | break; |
||
| 3996 | |||
| 3997 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2: |
||
| 3998 | { |
||
| 3999 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 2 (ETRF)*/ |
||
| 4000 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4001 | |||
| 4002 | /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */ |
||
| 4003 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler)); |
||
| 4004 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); |
||
| 4005 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); |
||
| 4006 | |||
| 4007 | /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ |
||
| 4008 | TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 4009 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, |
||
| 4010 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, |
||
| 4011 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); |
||
| 4012 | /* Enable the External clock mode2 */ |
||
| 4013 | htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE; |
||
| 4014 | } |
||
| 4015 | break; |
||
| 4016 | |||
| 4017 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1: |
||
| 4018 | { |
||
| 4019 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ |
||
| 4020 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4021 | |||
| 4022 | /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */ |
||
| 4023 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); |
||
| 4024 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); |
||
| 4025 | |||
| 4026 | TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, |
||
| 4027 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, |
||
| 4028 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); |
||
| 4029 | TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1); |
||
| 4030 | } |
||
| 4031 | break; |
||
| 4032 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2: |
||
| 4033 | { |
||
| 4034 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 (ETRF)*/ |
||
| 4035 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4036 | |||
| 4037 | /* Check TI2 input conditioning related parameters */ |
||
| 4038 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); |
||
| 4039 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); |
||
| 4040 | |||
| 4041 | TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, |
||
| 4042 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, |
||
| 4043 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); |
||
| 4044 | TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2); |
||
| 4045 | } |
||
| 4046 | break; |
||
| 4047 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED: |
||
| 4048 | { |
||
| 4049 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ |
||
| 4050 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4051 | |||
| 4052 | /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */ |
||
| 4053 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); |
||
| 4054 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); |
||
| 4055 | |||
| 4056 | TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, |
||
| 4057 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, |
||
| 4058 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); |
||
| 4059 | TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED); |
||
| 4060 | } |
||
| 4061 | break; |
||
| 4062 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0: |
||
| 4063 | { |
||
| 4064 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ |
||
| 4065 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4066 | |||
| 4067 | TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0); |
||
| 4068 | } |
||
| 4069 | break; |
||
| 4070 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1: |
||
| 4071 | { |
||
| 4072 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ |
||
| 4073 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4074 | |||
| 4075 | TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1); |
||
| 4076 | } |
||
| 4077 | break; |
||
| 4078 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2: |
||
| 4079 | { |
||
| 4080 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ |
||
| 4081 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4082 | |||
| 4083 | TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2); |
||
| 4084 | } |
||
| 4085 | break; |
||
| 4086 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3: |
||
| 4087 | { |
||
| 4088 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ |
||
| 4089 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4090 | |||
| 4091 | TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3); |
||
| 4092 | } |
||
| 4093 | break; |
||
| 4094 | |||
| 4095 | default: |
||
| 4096 | break; |
||
| 4097 | } |
||
| 4098 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 4099 | |||
| 4100 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 4101 | |||
| 4102 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 4103 | } |
||
| 4104 | |||
| 4105 | /** |
||
| 4106 | * @brief Selects the signal connected to the TI1 input: direct from CH1_input |
||
| 4107 | * or a XOR combination between CH1_input, CH2_input & CH3_input |
||
| 4108 | * @param htim : TIM handle. |
||
| 4109 | * @param TI1_Selection : Indicate whether or not channel 1 is connected to the |
||
| 4110 | * output of a XOR gate. |
||
| 4111 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 4112 | * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1: The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input |
||
| 4113 | * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION: The TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 |
||
| 4114 | * pins are connected to the TI1 input (XOR combination) |
||
| 4115 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 4116 | */ |
||
| 4117 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t TI1_Selection) |
||
| 4118 | { |
||
| 4119 | uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0U; |
||
| 4120 | |||
| 4121 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4122 | assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4123 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TI1SELECTION(TI1_Selection)); |
||
| 4124 | |||
| 4125 | /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ |
||
| 4126 | tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2; |
||
| 4127 | |||
| 4128 | /* Reset the TI1 selection */ |
||
| 4129 | tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_TI1S; |
||
| 4130 | |||
| 4131 | /* Set the the TI1 selection */ |
||
| 4132 | tmpcr2 |= TI1_Selection; |
||
| 4133 | |||
| 4134 | /* Write to TIMxCR2 */ |
||
| 4135 | htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2; |
||
| 4136 | |||
| 4137 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 4138 | } |
||
| 4139 | |||
| 4140 | /** |
||
| 4141 | * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode |
||
| 4142 | * @param htim : TIM handle. |
||
| 4143 | * @param sSlaveConfig : pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that |
||
| 4144 | * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered |
||
| 4145 | * timer input or external trigger input) and the ) and the Slave |
||
| 4146 | * mode (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). |
||
| 4147 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 4148 | */ |
||
| 4149 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig) |
||
| 4150 | { |
||
| 4151 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4152 | assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4153 | assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); |
||
| 4154 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); |
||
| 4155 | |||
| 4156 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 4157 | |||
| 4158 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 4159 | |||
| 4160 | TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig); |
||
| 4161 | |||
| 4162 | /* Disable Trigger Interrupt */ |
||
| 4163 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); |
||
| 4164 | |||
| 4165 | /* Disable Trigger DMA request */ |
||
| 4166 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER); |
||
| 4167 | |||
| 4168 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 4169 | |||
| 4170 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 4171 | |||
| 4172 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 4173 | } |
||
| 4174 | |||
| 4175 | /** |
||
| 4176 | * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode in interrupt mode |
||
| 4177 | * @param htim: TIM handle. |
||
| 4178 | * @param sSlaveConfig: pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that |
||
| 4179 | * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered |
||
| 4180 | * timer input or external trigger input) and the ) and the Slave |
||
| 4181 | * mode (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). |
||
| 4182 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 4183 | */ |
||
| 4184 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
||
| 4185 | TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig) |
||
| 4186 | { |
||
| 4187 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4188 | assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4189 | assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); |
||
| 4190 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); |
||
| 4191 | |||
| 4192 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 4193 | |||
| 4194 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 4195 | |||
| 4196 | TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig); |
||
| 4197 | |||
| 4198 | /* Enable Trigger Interrupt */ |
||
| 4199 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); |
||
| 4200 | |||
| 4201 | /* Disable Trigger DMA request */ |
||
| 4202 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER); |
||
| 4203 | |||
| 4204 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 4205 | |||
| 4206 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 4207 | |||
| 4208 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 4209 | } |
||
| 4210 | |||
| 4211 | /** |
||
| 4212 | * @brief Read the captured value from Capture Compare unit |
||
| 4213 | * @param htim : TIM handle. |
||
| 4214 | * @param Channel : TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 4215 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 4216 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1 : TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 4217 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2 : TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 4218 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3 : TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 4219 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4 : TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 4220 | * @retval Captured value |
||
| 4221 | */ |
||
| 4222 | uint32_t HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 4223 | { |
||
| 4224 | uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; |
||
| 4225 | |||
| 4226 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 4227 | |||
| 4228 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 4229 | { |
||
| 4230 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 4231 | { |
||
| 4232 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4233 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4234 | |||
| 4235 | /* Return the capture 1 value */ |
||
| 4236 | tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR1; |
||
| 4237 | |||
| 4238 | break; |
||
| 4239 | } |
||
| 4240 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 4241 | { |
||
| 4242 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4243 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4244 | |||
| 4245 | /* Return the capture 2 value */ |
||
| 4246 | tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR2; |
||
| 4247 | |||
| 4248 | break; |
||
| 4249 | } |
||
| 4250 | |||
| 4251 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 4252 | { |
||
| 4253 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4254 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4255 | |||
| 4256 | /* Return the capture 3 value */ |
||
| 4257 | tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR3; |
||
| 4258 | |||
| 4259 | break; |
||
| 4260 | } |
||
| 4261 | |||
| 4262 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 4263 | { |
||
| 4264 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4265 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4266 | |||
| 4267 | /* Return the capture 4 value */ |
||
| 4268 | tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR4; |
||
| 4269 | |||
| 4270 | break; |
||
| 4271 | } |
||
| 4272 | |||
| 4273 | default: |
||
| 4274 | break; |
||
| 4275 | } |
||
| 4276 | |||
| 4277 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 4278 | return tmpreg; |
||
| 4279 | } |
||
| 4280 | |||
| 4281 | /** |
||
| 4282 | * @} |
||
| 4283 | */ |
||
| 4284 | |||
| 4285 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group9 TIM Callbacks functions |
||
| 4286 | * @brief TIM Callbacks functions |
||
| 4287 | * |
||
| 4288 | @verbatim |
||
| 4289 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 4290 | ##### TIM Callbacks functions ##### |
||
| 4291 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 4292 | [..] |
||
| 4293 | This section provides TIM callback functions: |
||
| 4294 | (+) Timer Period elapsed callback |
||
| 4295 | (+) Timer Output Compare callback |
||
| 4296 | (+) Timer Input capture callback |
||
| 4297 | (+) Timer Trigger callback |
||
| 4298 | (+) Timer Error callback |
||
| 4299 | |||
| 4300 | @endverbatim |
||
| 4301 | * @{ |
||
| 4302 | */ |
||
| 4303 | |||
| 4304 | /** |
||
| 4305 | * @brief Period elapsed callback in non blocking mode |
||
| 4306 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 4307 | * @retval None |
||
| 4308 | */ |
||
| 4309 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 4310 | { |
||
| 4311 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 4312 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 4313 | /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 4314 | the __HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 4315 | */ |
||
| 4316 | |||
| 4317 | } |
||
| 4318 | /** |
||
| 4319 | * @brief Output Compare callback in non blocking mode |
||
| 4320 | * @param htim : TIM OC handle |
||
| 4321 | * @retval None |
||
| 4322 | */ |
||
| 4323 | __weak void HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 4324 | { |
||
| 4325 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 4326 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 4327 | /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 4328 | the __HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 4329 | */ |
||
| 4330 | } |
||
| 4331 | /** |
||
| 4332 | * @brief Input Capture callback in non blocking mode |
||
| 4333 | * @param htim : TIM IC handle |
||
| 4334 | * @retval None |
||
| 4335 | */ |
||
| 4336 | __weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 4337 | { |
||
| 4338 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 4339 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 4340 | /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 4341 | the __HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 4342 | */ |
||
| 4343 | } |
||
| 4344 | |||
| 4345 | /** |
||
| 4346 | * @brief PWM Pulse finished callback in non blocking mode |
||
| 4347 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 4348 | * @retval None |
||
| 4349 | */ |
||
| 4350 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 4351 | { |
||
| 4352 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 4353 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 4354 | /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 4355 | the __HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 4356 | */ |
||
| 4357 | } |
||
| 4358 | |||
| 4359 | /** |
||
| 4360 | * @brief Hall Trigger detection callback in non blocking mode |
||
| 4361 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 4362 | * @retval None |
||
| 4363 | */ |
||
| 4364 | __weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 4365 | { |
||
| 4366 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 4367 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 4368 | /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 4369 | the HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 4370 | */ |
||
| 4371 | } |
||
| 4372 | |||
| 4373 | /** |
||
| 4374 | * @brief Timer error callback in non blocking mode |
||
| 4375 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 4376 | * @retval None |
||
| 4377 | */ |
||
| 4378 | __weak void HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 4379 | { |
||
| 4380 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 4381 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 4382 | /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 4383 | the HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 4384 | */ |
||
| 4385 | } |
||
| 4386 | |||
| 4387 | /** |
||
| 4388 | * @} |
||
| 4389 | */ |
||
| 4390 | |||
| 4391 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group10 Peripheral State functions |
||
| 4392 | * @brief Peripheral State functions |
||
| 4393 | * |
||
| 4394 | @verbatim |
||
| 4395 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 4396 | ##### Peripheral State functions ##### |
||
| 4397 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 4398 | [..] |
||
| 4399 | This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral |
||
| 4400 | and the data flow. |
||
| 4401 | |||
| 4402 | @endverbatim |
||
| 4403 | * @{ |
||
| 4404 | */ |
||
| 4405 | |||
| 4406 | /** |
||
| 4407 | * @brief Return the TIM Base state |
||
| 4408 | * @param htim : TIM Base handle |
||
| 4409 | * @retval HAL state |
||
| 4410 | */ |
||
| 4411 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 4412 | { |
||
| 4413 | return htim->State; |
||
| 4414 | } |
||
| 4415 | |||
| 4416 | /** |
||
| 4417 | * @brief Return the TIM OC state |
||
| 4418 | * @param htim : TIM Ouput Compare handle |
||
| 4419 | * @retval HAL state |
||
| 4420 | */ |
||
| 4421 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 4422 | { |
||
| 4423 | return htim->State; |
||
| 4424 | } |
||
| 4425 | |||
| 4426 | /** |
||
| 4427 | * @brief Return the TIM PWM state |
||
| 4428 | * @param htim : TIM handle |
||
| 4429 | * @retval HAL state |
||
| 4430 | */ |
||
| 4431 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 4432 | { |
||
| 4433 | return htim->State; |
||
| 4434 | } |
||
| 4435 | |||
| 4436 | /** |
||
| 4437 | * @brief Return the TIM Input Capture state |
||
| 4438 | * @param htim : TIM IC handle |
||
| 4439 | * @retval HAL state |
||
| 4440 | */ |
||
| 4441 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 4442 | { |
||
| 4443 | return htim->State; |
||
| 4444 | } |
||
| 4445 | |||
| 4446 | /** |
||
| 4447 | * @brief Return the TIM One Pulse Mode state |
||
| 4448 | * @param htim : TIM OPM handle |
||
| 4449 | * @retval HAL state |
||
| 4450 | */ |
||
| 4451 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 4452 | { |
||
| 4453 | return htim->State; |
||
| 4454 | } |
||
| 4455 | |||
| 4456 | /** |
||
| 4457 | * @brief Return the TIM Encoder Mode state |
||
| 4458 | * @param htim : TIM Encoder handle |
||
| 4459 | * @retval HAL state |
||
| 4460 | */ |
||
| 4461 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 4462 | { |
||
| 4463 | return htim->State; |
||
| 4464 | } |
||
| 4465 | |||
| 4466 | /** |
||
| 4467 | * @} |
||
| 4468 | */ |
||
| 4469 | |||
| 4470 | /** |
||
| 4471 | * @} |
||
| 4472 | */ |
||
| 4473 | |||
| 4474 | /** @addtogroup TIM_Private_Functions |
||
| 4475 | * @{ |
||
| 4476 | */ |
||
| 4477 | |||
| 4478 | /** |
||
| 4479 | * @brief TIM DMA error callback |
||
| 4480 | * @param hdma : pointer to DMA handle. |
||
| 4481 | * @retval None |
||
| 4482 | */ |
||
| 4483 | void TIM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 4484 | { |
||
| 4485 | TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; |
||
| 4486 | |||
| 4487 | htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 4488 | |||
| 4489 | HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(htim); |
||
| 4490 | } |
||
| 4491 | |||
| 4492 | /** |
||
| 4493 | * @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse complete callback. |
||
| 4494 | * @param hdma : pointer to DMA handle. |
||
| 4495 | * @retval None |
||
| 4496 | */ |
||
| 4497 | void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 4498 | { |
||
| 4499 | TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; |
||
| 4500 | |||
| 4501 | htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 4502 | |||
| 4503 | if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) |
||
| 4504 | { |
||
| 4505 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
| 4506 | } |
||
| 4507 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) |
||
| 4508 | { |
||
| 4509 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
| 4510 | } |
||
| 4511 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) |
||
| 4512 | { |
||
| 4513 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
| 4514 | } |
||
| 4515 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) |
||
| 4516 | { |
||
| 4517 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
| 4518 | } |
||
| 4519 | |||
| 4520 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 4521 | |||
| 4522 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 4523 | } |
||
| 4524 | /** |
||
| 4525 | * @brief TIM DMA Capture complete callback. |
||
| 4526 | * @param hdma : pointer to DMA handle. |
||
| 4527 | * @retval None |
||
| 4528 | */ |
||
| 4529 | void TIM_DMACaptureCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 4530 | { |
||
| 4531 | TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; |
||
| 4532 | |||
| 4533 | htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 4534 | |||
| 4535 | if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) |
||
| 4536 | { |
||
| 4537 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
| 4538 | } |
||
| 4539 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) |
||
| 4540 | { |
||
| 4541 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
| 4542 | } |
||
| 4543 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) |
||
| 4544 | { |
||
| 4545 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
| 4546 | } |
||
| 4547 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) |
||
| 4548 | { |
||
| 4549 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
| 4550 | } |
||
| 4551 | |||
| 4552 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
| 4553 | |||
| 4554 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 4555 | } |
||
| 4556 | |||
| 4557 | /** |
||
| 4558 | * @brief TIM DMA Period Elapse complete callback. |
||
| 4559 | * @param hdma : pointer to DMA handle. |
||
| 4560 | * @retval None |
||
| 4561 | */ |
||
| 4562 | static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 4563 | { |
||
| 4564 | TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; |
||
| 4565 | |||
| 4566 | htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 4567 | |||
| 4568 | HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 4569 | } |
||
| 4570 | |||
| 4571 | /** |
||
| 4572 | * @brief TIM DMA Trigger callback. |
||
| 4573 | * @param hdma : pointer to DMA handle. |
||
| 4574 | * @retval None |
||
| 4575 | */ |
||
| 4576 | static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 4577 | { |
||
| 4578 | TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent; |
||
| 4579 | |||
| 4580 | htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 4581 | |||
| 4582 | HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); |
||
| 4583 | } |
||
| 4584 | |||
| 4585 | /** |
||
| 4586 | * @brief Time Base configuration |
||
| 4587 | * @param TIMx : TIM periheral |
||
| 4588 | * @param Structure : TIM Base configuration structure |
||
| 4589 | * @retval None |
||
| 4590 | */ |
||
| 4591 | void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_Base_InitTypeDef *Structure) |
||
| 4592 | { |
||
| 4593 | uint32_t tmpcr1 = 0U; |
||
| 4594 | tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; |
||
| 4595 | |||
| 4596 | /* Set TIM Time Base Unit parameters ---------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 4597 | if (IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(TIMx)) |
||
| 4598 | { |
||
| 4599 | /* Select the Counter Mode */ |
||
| 4600 | tmpcr1 &= ~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS); |
||
| 4601 | tmpcr1 |= Structure->CounterMode; |
||
| 4602 | } |
||
| 4603 | |||
| 4604 | if(IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(TIMx)) |
||
| 4605 | { |
||
| 4606 | /* Set the clock division */ |
||
| 4607 | tmpcr1 &= ~TIM_CR1_CKD; |
||
| 4608 | tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)Structure->ClockDivision; |
||
| 4609 | } |
||
| 4610 | |||
| 4611 | /* Set the auto-reload preload */ |
||
| 4612 | tmpcr1 &= ~TIM_CR1_ARPE; |
||
| 4613 | tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)Structure->AutoReloadPreload; |
||
| 4614 | |||
| 4615 | TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; |
||
| 4616 | |||
| 4617 | /* Set the Autoreload value */ |
||
| 4618 | TIMx->ARR = (uint32_t)Structure->Period ; |
||
| 4619 | |||
| 4620 | /* Set the Prescaler value */ |
||
| 4621 | TIMx->PSC = (uint32_t)Structure->Prescaler; |
||
| 4622 | |||
| 4623 | if (IS_TIM_REPETITION_COUNTER_INSTANCE(TIMx)) |
||
| 4624 | { |
||
| 4625 | /* Set the Repetition Counter value */ |
||
| 4626 | TIMx->RCR = Structure->RepetitionCounter; |
||
| 4627 | } |
||
| 4628 | |||
| 4629 | /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler |
||
| 4630 | and the repetition counter(only for TIM1 and TIM8) value immediatly */ |
||
| 4631 | TIMx->EGR = TIM_EGR_UG; |
||
| 4632 | } |
||
| 4633 | |||
| 4634 | /** |
||
| 4635 | * @brief Time Ouput Compare 1 configuration |
||
| 4636 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 4637 | * @param OC_Config : The ouput configuration structure |
||
| 4638 | * @retval None |
||
| 4639 | */ |
||
| 4640 | static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) |
||
| 4641 | { |
||
| 4642 | uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0U; |
||
| 4643 | uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; |
||
| 4644 | uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0U; |
||
| 4645 | |||
| 4646 | /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ |
||
| 4647 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; |
||
| 4648 | |||
| 4649 | /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ |
||
| 4650 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 4651 | /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ |
||
| 4652 | tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; |
||
| 4653 | |||
| 4654 | /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ |
||
| 4655 | tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
| 4656 | |||
| 4657 | /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ |
||
| 4658 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M; |
||
| 4659 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; |
||
| 4660 | /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ |
||
| 4661 | tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; |
||
| 4662 | |||
| 4663 | /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ |
||
| 4664 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1P; |
||
| 4665 | /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ |
||
| 4666 | tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCPolarity; |
||
| 4667 | |||
| 4668 | if(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_1)) |
||
| 4669 | { |
||
| 4670 | /* Check parameters */ |
||
| 4671 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity)); |
||
| 4672 | |||
| 4673 | /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ |
||
| 4674 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NP; |
||
| 4675 | /* Set the Output N Polarity */ |
||
| 4676 | tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCNPolarity; |
||
| 4677 | /* Reset the Output N State */ |
||
| 4678 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NE; |
||
| 4679 | } |
||
| 4680 | |||
| 4681 | if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) |
||
| 4682 | { |
||
| 4683 | /* Check parameters */ |
||
| 4684 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState)); |
||
| 4685 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); |
||
| 4686 | |||
| 4687 | /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ |
||
| 4688 | tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1; |
||
| 4689 | tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1N; |
||
| 4690 | /* Set the Output Idle state */ |
||
| 4691 | tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCIdleState; |
||
| 4692 | /* Set the Output N Idle state */ |
||
| 4693 | tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCNIdleState; |
||
| 4694 | } |
||
| 4695 | /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ |
||
| 4696 | TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; |
||
| 4697 | |||
| 4698 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ |
||
| 4699 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; |
||
| 4700 | |||
| 4701 | /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ |
||
| 4702 | TIMx->CCR1 = OC_Config->Pulse; |
||
| 4703 | |||
| 4704 | /* Write to TIMx CCER */ |
||
| 4705 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 4706 | } |
||
| 4707 | |||
| 4708 | /** |
||
| 4709 | * @brief Time Ouput Compare 2 configuration |
||
| 4710 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 4711 | * @param OC_Config : The ouput configuration structure |
||
| 4712 | * @retval None |
||
| 4713 | */ |
||
| 4714 | void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) |
||
| 4715 | { |
||
| 4716 | uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0U; |
||
| 4717 | uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; |
||
| 4718 | uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0U; |
||
| 4719 | |||
| 4720 | /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ |
||
| 4721 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; |
||
| 4722 | |||
| 4723 | /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ |
||
| 4724 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 4725 | /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ |
||
| 4726 | tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; |
||
| 4727 | |||
| 4728 | /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ |
||
| 4729 | tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
| 4730 | |||
| 4731 | /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ |
||
| 4732 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M; |
||
| 4733 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; |
||
| 4734 | |||
| 4735 | /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ |
||
| 4736 | tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U); |
||
| 4737 | |||
| 4738 | /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ |
||
| 4739 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2P; |
||
| 4740 | /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ |
||
| 4741 | tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 4U); |
||
| 4742 | |||
| 4743 | if(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_2)) |
||
| 4744 | { |
||
| 4745 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity)); |
||
| 4746 | |||
| 4747 | /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ |
||
| 4748 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NP; |
||
| 4749 | /* Set the Output N Polarity */ |
||
| 4750 | tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 4U); |
||
| 4751 | /* Reset the Output N State */ |
||
| 4752 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NE; |
||
| 4753 | |||
| 4754 | } |
||
| 4755 | |||
| 4756 | if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) |
||
| 4757 | { |
||
| 4758 | /* Check parameters */ |
||
| 4759 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState)); |
||
| 4760 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); |
||
| 4761 | |||
| 4762 | /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ |
||
| 4763 | tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2; |
||
| 4764 | tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2N; |
||
| 4765 | /* Set the Output Idle state */ |
||
| 4766 | tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 2); |
||
| 4767 | /* Set the Output N Idle state */ |
||
| 4768 | tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 2); |
||
| 4769 | } |
||
| 4770 | |||
| 4771 | /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ |
||
| 4772 | TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; |
||
| 4773 | |||
| 4774 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ |
||
| 4775 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; |
||
| 4776 | |||
| 4777 | /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ |
||
| 4778 | TIMx->CCR2 = OC_Config->Pulse; |
||
| 4779 | |||
| 4780 | /* Write to TIMx CCER */ |
||
| 4781 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 4782 | } |
||
| 4783 | |||
| 4784 | /** |
||
| 4785 | * @brief Time Ouput Compare 3 configuration |
||
| 4786 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 4787 | * @param OC_Config : The ouput configuration structure |
||
| 4788 | * @retval None |
||
| 4789 | */ |
||
| 4790 | static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) |
||
| 4791 | { |
||
| 4792 | uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0U; |
||
| 4793 | uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; |
||
| 4794 | uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0U; |
||
| 4795 | |||
| 4796 | /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */ |
||
| 4797 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; |
||
| 4798 | |||
| 4799 | /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ |
||
| 4800 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 4801 | /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ |
||
| 4802 | tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; |
||
| 4803 | |||
| 4804 | /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ |
||
| 4805 | tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; |
||
| 4806 | |||
| 4807 | /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ |
||
| 4808 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M; |
||
| 4809 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; |
||
| 4810 | /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ |
||
| 4811 | tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; |
||
| 4812 | |||
| 4813 | /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ |
||
| 4814 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3P; |
||
| 4815 | /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ |
||
| 4816 | tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 8U); |
||
| 4817 | |||
| 4818 | if(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(TIMx, TIM_CHANNEL_3)) |
||
| 4819 | { |
||
| 4820 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity)); |
||
| 4821 | |||
| 4822 | /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */ |
||
| 4823 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NP; |
||
| 4824 | /* Set the Output N Polarity */ |
||
| 4825 | tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 8U); |
||
| 4826 | /* Reset the Output N State */ |
||
| 4827 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NE; |
||
| 4828 | } |
||
| 4829 | |||
| 4830 | if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) |
||
| 4831 | { |
||
| 4832 | /* Check parameters */ |
||
| 4833 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState)); |
||
| 4834 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); |
||
| 4835 | |||
| 4836 | /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */ |
||
| 4837 | tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3; |
||
| 4838 | tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3N; |
||
| 4839 | /* Set the Output Idle state */ |
||
| 4840 | tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 4U); |
||
| 4841 | /* Set the Output N Idle state */ |
||
| 4842 | tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 4U); |
||
| 4843 | } |
||
| 4844 | |||
| 4845 | /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ |
||
| 4846 | TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; |
||
| 4847 | |||
| 4848 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ |
||
| 4849 | TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; |
||
| 4850 | |||
| 4851 | /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ |
||
| 4852 | TIMx->CCR3 = OC_Config->Pulse; |
||
| 4853 | |||
| 4854 | /* Write to TIMx CCER */ |
||
| 4855 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 4856 | } |
||
| 4857 | |||
| 4858 | /** |
||
| 4859 | * @brief Time Ouput Compare 4 configuration |
||
| 4860 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 4861 | * @param OC_Config : The ouput configuration structure |
||
| 4862 | * @retval None |
||
| 4863 | */ |
||
| 4864 | static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) |
||
| 4865 | { |
||
| 4866 | uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0U; |
||
| 4867 | uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; |
||
| 4868 | uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0U; |
||
| 4869 | |||
| 4870 | /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ |
||
| 4871 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; |
||
| 4872 | |||
| 4873 | /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ |
||
| 4874 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 4875 | /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ |
||
| 4876 | tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; |
||
| 4877 | |||
| 4878 | /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ |
||
| 4879 | tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; |
||
| 4880 | |||
| 4881 | /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ |
||
| 4882 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M; |
||
| 4883 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; |
||
| 4884 | |||
| 4885 | /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ |
||
| 4886 | tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U); |
||
| 4887 | |||
| 4888 | /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ |
||
| 4889 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4P; |
||
| 4890 | /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ |
||
| 4891 | tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 12U); |
||
| 4892 | |||
| 4893 | if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx)) |
||
| 4894 | { |
||
| 4895 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState)); |
||
| 4896 | |||
| 4897 | /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */ |
||
| 4898 | tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS4; |
||
| 4899 | /* Set the Output Idle state */ |
||
| 4900 | tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 6); |
||
| 4901 | } |
||
| 4902 | |||
| 4903 | /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ |
||
| 4904 | TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; |
||
| 4905 | |||
| 4906 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ |
||
| 4907 | TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; |
||
| 4908 | |||
| 4909 | /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ |
||
| 4910 | TIMx->CCR4 = OC_Config->Pulse; |
||
| 4911 | |||
| 4912 | /* Write to TIMx CCER */ |
||
| 4913 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 4914 | } |
||
| 4915 | |||
| 4916 | |||
| 4917 | /** |
||
| 4918 | * @brief Time Slave configuration |
||
| 4919 | * @param htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains |
||
| 4920 | * the configuration information for TIM module. |
||
| 4921 | * @param sSlaveConfig: The slave configuration structure |
||
| 4922 | * @retval None |
||
| 4923 | */ |
||
| 4924 | static void TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
||
| 4925 | TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig) |
||
| 4926 | { |
||
| 4927 | uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0U; |
||
| 4928 | uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; |
||
| 4929 | uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; |
||
| 4930 | |||
| 4931 | /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ |
||
| 4932 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; |
||
| 4933 | |||
| 4934 | /* Reset the Trigger Selection Bits */ |
||
| 4935 | tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; |
||
| 4936 | /* Set the Input Trigger source */ |
||
| 4937 | tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger; |
||
| 4938 | |||
| 4939 | /* Reset the slave mode Bits */ |
||
| 4940 | tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 4941 | /* Set the slave mode */ |
||
| 4942 | tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode; |
||
| 4943 | |||
| 4944 | /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ |
||
| 4945 | htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
| 4946 | |||
| 4947 | /* Configure the trigger prescaler, filter, and polarity */ |
||
| 4948 | switch (sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger) |
||
| 4949 | { |
||
| 4950 | case TIM_TS_ETRF: |
||
| 4951 | { |
||
| 4952 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4953 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4954 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler)); |
||
| 4955 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); |
||
| 4956 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); |
||
| 4957 | /* Configure the ETR Trigger source */ |
||
| 4958 | TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 4959 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler, |
||
| 4960 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, |
||
| 4961 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); |
||
| 4962 | } |
||
| 4963 | break; |
||
| 4964 | |||
| 4965 | case TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: |
||
| 4966 | { |
||
| 4967 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4968 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4969 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); |
||
| 4970 | |||
| 4971 | /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ |
||
| 4972 | tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; |
||
| 4973 | htim->Instance->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; |
||
| 4974 | tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; |
||
| 4975 | |||
| 4976 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 4977 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; |
||
| 4978 | tmpccmr1 |= ((sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter) << 4U); |
||
| 4979 | |||
| 4980 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 4981 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; |
||
| 4982 | htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 4983 | |||
| 4984 | } |
||
| 4985 | break; |
||
| 4986 | |||
| 4987 | case TIM_TS_TI1FP1: |
||
| 4988 | { |
||
| 4989 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4990 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4991 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); |
||
| 4992 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); |
||
| 4993 | |||
| 4994 | /* Configure TI1 Filter and Polarity */ |
||
| 4995 | TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, |
||
| 4996 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, |
||
| 4997 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); |
||
| 4998 | } |
||
| 4999 | break; |
||
| 5000 | |||
| 5001 | case TIM_TS_TI2FP2: |
||
| 5002 | { |
||
| 5003 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5004 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5005 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); |
||
| 5006 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); |
||
| 5007 | |||
| 5008 | /* Configure TI2 Filter and Polarity */ |
||
| 5009 | TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, |
||
| 5010 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, |
||
| 5011 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); |
||
| 5012 | } |
||
| 5013 | break; |
||
| 5014 | |||
| 5015 | case TIM_TS_ITR0: |
||
| 5016 | { |
||
| 5017 | /* Check the parameter */ |
||
| 5018 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5019 | } |
||
| 5020 | break; |
||
| 5021 | |||
| 5022 | case TIM_TS_ITR1: |
||
| 5023 | { |
||
| 5024 | /* Check the parameter */ |
||
| 5025 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5026 | } |
||
| 5027 | break; |
||
| 5028 | |||
| 5029 | case TIM_TS_ITR2: |
||
| 5030 | { |
||
| 5031 | /* Check the parameter */ |
||
| 5032 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5033 | } |
||
| 5034 | break; |
||
| 5035 | |||
| 5036 | case TIM_TS_ITR3: |
||
| 5037 | { |
||
| 5038 | /* Check the parameter */ |
||
| 5039 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5040 | } |
||
| 5041 | break; |
||
| 5042 | |||
| 5043 | default: |
||
| 5044 | break; |
||
| 5045 | } |
||
| 5046 | } |
||
| 5047 | |||
| 5048 | /** |
||
| 5049 | * @brief Configure the TI1 as Input. |
||
| 5050 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. |
||
| 5051 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. |
||
| 5052 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5053 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
||
| 5054 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
| 5055 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
||
| 5056 | * @param TIM_ICSelection : specifies the input to be used. |
||
| 5057 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5058 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1. |
||
| 5059 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2. |
||
| 5060 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC. |
||
| 5061 | * @param TIM_ICFilter : Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
| 5062 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
||
| 5063 | * @retval None |
||
| 5064 | * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI2FP1 |
||
| 5065 | * (on channel2 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be |
||
| 5066 | * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. |
||
| 5067 | */ |
||
| 5068 | void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
| 5069 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
||
| 5070 | { |
||
| 5071 | uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; |
||
| 5072 | uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; |
||
| 5073 | |||
| 5074 | /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ |
||
| 5075 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; |
||
| 5076 | tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
| 5077 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 5078 | |||
| 5079 | /* Select the Input */ |
||
| 5080 | if(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) |
||
| 5081 | { |
||
| 5082 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; |
||
| 5083 | tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ICSelection; |
||
| 5084 | } |
||
| 5085 | else |
||
| 5086 | { |
||
| 5087 | tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0; |
||
| 5088 | } |
||
| 5089 | |||
| 5090 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 5091 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; |
||
| 5092 | tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC1F); |
||
| 5093 | |||
| 5094 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ |
||
| 5095 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); |
||
| 5096 | tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity & (TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP)); |
||
| 5097 | |||
| 5098 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 5099 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; |
||
| 5100 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 5101 | } |
||
| 5102 | |||
| 5103 | /** |
||
| 5104 | * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI1. |
||
| 5105 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. |
||
| 5106 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. |
||
| 5107 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5108 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
||
| 5109 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
| 5110 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
||
| 5111 | * @param TIM_ICFilter : Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
| 5112 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
||
| 5113 | * @retval None |
||
| 5114 | */ |
||
| 5115 | static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
||
| 5116 | { |
||
| 5117 | uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; |
||
| 5118 | uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; |
||
| 5119 | |||
| 5120 | /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ |
||
| 5121 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 5122 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; |
||
| 5123 | tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
| 5124 | |||
| 5125 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 5126 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; |
||
| 5127 | tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 4U); |
||
| 5128 | |||
| 5129 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ |
||
| 5130 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); |
||
| 5131 | tmpccer |= TIM_ICPolarity; |
||
| 5132 | |||
| 5133 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 5134 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; |
||
| 5135 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 5136 | } |
||
| 5137 | |||
| 5138 | /** |
||
| 5139 | * @brief Configure the TI2 as Input. |
||
| 5140 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 5141 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. |
||
| 5142 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5143 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
||
| 5144 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
| 5145 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
||
| 5146 | * @param TIM_ICSelection : specifies the input to be used. |
||
| 5147 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5148 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2. |
||
| 5149 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1. |
||
| 5150 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC. |
||
| 5151 | * @param TIM_ICFilter : Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
| 5152 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
||
| 5153 | * @retval None |
||
| 5154 | * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI1FP2 |
||
| 5155 | * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be |
||
| 5156 | * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. |
||
| 5157 | */ |
||
| 5158 | static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
| 5159 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
||
| 5160 | { |
||
| 5161 | uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; |
||
| 5162 | uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; |
||
| 5163 | |||
| 5164 | /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ |
||
| 5165 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; |
||
| 5166 | tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
| 5167 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 5168 | |||
| 5169 | /* Select the Input */ |
||
| 5170 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; |
||
| 5171 | tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U); |
||
| 5172 | |||
| 5173 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 5174 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; |
||
| 5175 | tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); |
||
| 5176 | |||
| 5177 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ |
||
| 5178 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); |
||
| 5179 | tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 4U) & (TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP)); |
||
| 5180 | |||
| 5181 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 5182 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; |
||
| 5183 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 5184 | } |
||
| 5185 | |||
| 5186 | /** |
||
| 5187 | * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI2. |
||
| 5188 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. |
||
| 5189 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. |
||
| 5190 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5191 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
||
| 5192 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
| 5193 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
||
| 5194 | * @param TIM_ICFilter : Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
| 5195 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
||
| 5196 | * @retval None |
||
| 5197 | */ |
||
| 5198 | static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
||
| 5199 | { |
||
| 5200 | uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0U; |
||
| 5201 | uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; |
||
| 5202 | |||
| 5203 | /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ |
||
| 5204 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; |
||
| 5205 | tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
| 5206 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 5207 | |||
| 5208 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 5209 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; |
||
| 5210 | tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 12U); |
||
| 5211 | |||
| 5212 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ |
||
| 5213 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); |
||
| 5214 | tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity << 4U); |
||
| 5215 | |||
| 5216 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 5217 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; |
||
| 5218 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 5219 | } |
||
| 5220 | |||
| 5221 | /** |
||
| 5222 | * @brief Configure the TI3 as Input. |
||
| 5223 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 5224 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. |
||
| 5225 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5226 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
||
| 5227 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
| 5228 | * @param TIM_ICSelection : specifies the input to be used. |
||
| 5229 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5230 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3. |
||
| 5231 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4. |
||
| 5232 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC. |
||
| 5233 | * @param TIM_ICFilter : Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
| 5234 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
||
| 5235 | * @retval None |
||
| 5236 | * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI3FP4 |
||
| 5237 | * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be |
||
| 5238 | * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. |
||
| 5239 | */ |
||
| 5240 | static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
| 5241 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
||
| 5242 | { |
||
| 5243 | uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0U; |
||
| 5244 | uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; |
||
| 5245 | |||
| 5246 | /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */ |
||
| 5247 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; |
||
| 5248 | tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; |
||
| 5249 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 5250 | |||
| 5251 | /* Select the Input */ |
||
| 5252 | tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; |
||
| 5253 | tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ICSelection; |
||
| 5254 | |||
| 5255 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 5256 | tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F; |
||
| 5257 | tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC3F); |
||
| 5258 | |||
| 5259 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */ |
||
| 5260 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC3P); |
||
| 5261 | tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 8U) & (TIM_CCER_CC3P)); |
||
| 5262 | |||
| 5263 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 5264 | TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; |
||
| 5265 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 5266 | } |
||
| 5267 | |||
| 5268 | /** |
||
| 5269 | * @brief Configure the TI4 as Input. |
||
| 5270 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 5271 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity. |
||
| 5272 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5273 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
||
| 5274 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
| 5275 | * @param TIM_ICSelection : specifies the input to be used. |
||
| 5276 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5277 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4. |
||
| 5278 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3. |
||
| 5279 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. |
||
| 5280 | * @param TIM_ICFilter : Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
| 5281 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
||
| 5282 | * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI4FP3 |
||
| 5283 | * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be |
||
| 5284 | * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. |
||
| 5285 | * @retval None |
||
| 5286 | */ |
||
| 5287 | static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
| 5288 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
||
| 5289 | { |
||
| 5290 | uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0U; |
||
| 5291 | uint32_t tmpccer = 0U; |
||
| 5292 | |||
| 5293 | /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ |
||
| 5294 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; |
||
| 5295 | tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; |
||
| 5296 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 5297 | |||
| 5298 | /* Select the Input */ |
||
| 5299 | tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; |
||
| 5300 | tmpccmr2 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U); |
||
| 5301 | |||
| 5302 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 5303 | tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4F; |
||
| 5304 | tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC4F); |
||
| 5305 | |||
| 5306 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */ |
||
| 5307 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4P; |
||
| 5308 | tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 12U) & TIM_CCER_CC4P); |
||
| 5309 | |||
| 5310 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 5311 | TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; |
||
| 5312 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ; |
||
| 5313 | } |
||
| 5314 | |||
| 5315 | /** |
||
| 5316 | * @brief Selects the Input Trigger source |
||
| 5317 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 5318 | * @param InputTriggerSource : The Input Trigger source. |
||
| 5319 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5320 | * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0 : Internal Trigger 0 |
||
| 5321 | * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1 : Internal Trigger 1 |
||
| 5322 | * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2 : Internal Trigger 2 |
||
| 5323 | * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3 : Internal Trigger 3 |
||
| 5324 | * @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED : TI1 Edge Detector |
||
| 5325 | * @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1 : Filtered Timer Input 1 |
||
| 5326 | * @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2 : Filtered Timer Input 2 |
||
| 5327 | * @arg TIM_TS_ETRF : External Trigger input |
||
| 5328 | * @retval None |
||
| 5329 | */ |
||
| 5330 | static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint16_t InputTriggerSource) |
||
| 5331 | { |
||
| 5332 | uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0U; |
||
| 5333 | |||
| 5334 | /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ |
||
| 5335 | tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; |
||
| 5336 | /* Reset the TS Bits */ |
||
| 5337 | tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; |
||
| 5338 | /* Set the Input Trigger source and the slave mode*/ |
||
| 5339 | tmpsmcr |= InputTriggerSource | TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1; |
||
| 5340 | /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ |
||
| 5341 | TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
| 5342 | } |
||
| 5343 | /** |
||
| 5344 | * @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR). |
||
| 5345 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 5346 | * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler : The external Trigger Prescaler. |
||
| 5347 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5348 | * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV1: ETRP Prescaler OFF. |
||
| 5349 | * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. |
||
| 5350 | * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. |
||
| 5351 | * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. |
||
| 5352 | * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity : The external Trigger Polarity. |
||
| 5353 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5354 | * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_INVERTED: active low or falling edge active. |
||
| 5355 | * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_NONINVERTED: active high or rising edge active. |
||
| 5356 | * @param ExtTRGFilter : External Trigger Filter. |
||
| 5357 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F |
||
| 5358 | * @retval None |
||
| 5359 | */ |
||
| 5360 | static void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, |
||
| 5361 | uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter) |
||
| 5362 | { |
||
| 5363 | uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0U; |
||
| 5364 | |||
| 5365 | tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; |
||
| 5366 | |||
| 5367 | /* Reset the ETR Bits */ |
||
| 5368 | tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); |
||
| 5369 | |||
| 5370 | /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */ |
||
| 5371 | tmpsmcr |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (ExtTRGFilter << 8U))); |
||
| 5372 | |||
| 5373 | /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ |
||
| 5374 | TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
| 5375 | } |
||
| 5376 | |||
| 5377 | /** |
||
| 5378 | * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x. |
||
| 5379 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 5380 | * @param Channel : specifies the TIM Channel |
||
| 5381 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5382 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 |
||
| 5383 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 |
||
| 5384 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 |
||
| 5385 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 |
||
| 5386 | * @param ChannelState : specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state. |
||
| 5387 | * This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_ENABLE or TIM_CCx_Disable. |
||
| 5388 | * @retval None |
||
| 5389 | */ |
||
| 5390 | void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState) |
||
| 5391 | { |
||
| 5392 | uint32_t tmp = 0U; |
||
| 5393 | |||
| 5394 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5395 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx)); |
||
| 5396 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); |
||
| 5397 | |||
| 5398 | tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1E << Channel; |
||
| 5399 | |||
| 5400 | /* Reset the CCxE Bit */ |
||
| 5401 | TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp; |
||
| 5402 | |||
| 5403 | /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */ |
||
| 5404 | TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelState << Channel); |
||
| 5405 | } |
||
| 5406 | |||
| 5407 | /** |
||
| 5408 | * @} |
||
| 5409 | */ |
||
| 5410 | |||
| 5411 | #endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ |
||
| 5412 | /** |
||
| 5413 | * @} |
||
| 5414 | */ |
||
| 5415 | |||
| 5416 | /** |
||
| 5417 | * @} |
||
| 5418 | */ |
||
| 5419 | /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ |